2008-10-09 Pedro Alves <pedro@codesourcery.com>
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / gas / doc / as.texinfo
CommitLineData
252b5132 1\input texinfo @c -*-Texinfo-*-
f7e42eb4 2@c Copyright 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000,
ad22bfe8 3@c 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007
252b5132
RH
4@c Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5@c UPDATE!! On future updates--
6@c (1) check for new machine-dep cmdline options in
7@c md_parse_option definitions in config/tc-*.c
8@c (2) for platform-specific directives, examine md_pseudo_op
9@c in config/tc-*.c
10@c (3) for object-format specific directives, examine obj_pseudo_op
11@c in config/obj-*.c
12@c (4) portable directives in potable[] in read.c
13@c %**start of header
14@setfilename as.info
15@c ---config---
a4fb0134
SC
16@macro gcctabopt{body}
17@code{\body\}
18@end macro
252b5132
RH
19@c defaults, config file may override:
20@set have-stabs
21@c ---
4a4c4a1d
MR
22@c man begin NAME
23@c ---
252b5132 24@include asconfig.texi
c428fa83 25@include bfdver.texi
252b5132 26@c ---
0285c67d 27@c man end
4a4c4a1d 28@c ---
252b5132 29@c common OR combinations of conditions
c1253627
NC
30@ifset COFF
31@set COFF-ELF
32@end ifset
33@ifset ELF
34@set COFF-ELF
35@end ifset
252b5132
RH
36@ifset AOUT
37@set aout-bout
38@end ifset
39@ifset ARM/Thumb
40@set ARM
41@end ifset
42@ifset BOUT
43@set aout-bout
44@end ifset
45@ifset H8/300
46@set H8
47@end ifset
252b5132
RH
48@ifset SH
49@set H8
50@end ifset
51@ifset HPPA
52@set abnormal-separator
53@end ifset
54@c ------------
55@ifset GENERIC
56@settitle Using @value{AS}
57@end ifset
58@ifclear GENERIC
59@settitle Using @value{AS} (@value{TARGET})
60@end ifclear
61@setchapternewpage odd
62@c %**end of header
63
64@c @smallbook
65@c @set SMALL
66@c WARE! Some of the machine-dependent sections contain tables of machine
67@c instructions. Except in multi-column format, these tables look silly.
68@c Unfortunately, Texinfo doesn't have a general-purpose multi-col format, so
69@c the multi-col format is faked within @example sections.
70@c
71@c Again unfortunately, the natural size that fits on a page, for these tables,
72@c is different depending on whether or not smallbook is turned on.
73@c This matters, because of order: text flow switches columns at each page
74@c break.
75@c
76@c The format faked in this source works reasonably well for smallbook,
77@c not well for the default large-page format. This manual expects that if you
78@c turn on @smallbook, you will also uncomment the "@set SMALL" to enable the
79@c tables in question. You can turn on one without the other at your
80@c discretion, of course.
81@ifinfo
82@set SMALL
83@c the insn tables look just as silly in info files regardless of smallbook,
84@c might as well show 'em anyways.
85@end ifinfo
86
87@ifinfo
88@format
89START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
90* As: (as). The GNU assembler.
59455fb1 91* Gas: (as). The GNU assembler.
252b5132
RH
92END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
93@end format
94@end ifinfo
95
96@finalout
97@syncodeindex ky cp
98
0e9517a9 99@copying
252b5132
RH
100This file documents the GNU Assembler "@value{AS}".
101
0285c67d 102@c man begin COPYRIGHT
0e9517a9 103Copyright @copyright{} 1991, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 2000, 2001, 2002,
ad22bfe8 1042006, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132 105
0285c67d
NC
106Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
107under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1
108or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
109with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
110Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 111section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
0285c67d
NC
112
113@c man end
0e9517a9 114@end copying
252b5132
RH
115
116@titlepage
117@title Using @value{AS}
118@subtitle The @sc{gnu} Assembler
119@ifclear GENERIC
120@subtitle for the @value{TARGET} family
121@end ifclear
e49e529d
JM
122@ifset VERSION_PACKAGE
123@sp 1
124@subtitle @value{VERSION_PACKAGE}
125@end ifset
252b5132
RH
126@sp 1
127@subtitle Version @value{VERSION}
128@sp 1
129@sp 13
b45619c0 130The Free Software Foundation Inc.@: thanks The Nice Computer
252b5132 131Company of Australia for loaning Dean Elsner to write the
a4fb0134 132first (Vax) version of @command{as} for Project @sc{gnu}.
252b5132
RH
133The proprietors, management and staff of TNCCA thank FSF for
134distracting the boss while they got some work
135done.
136@sp 3
137@author Dean Elsner, Jay Fenlason & friends
138@page
139@tex
140{\parskip=0pt
141\hfill {\it Using {\tt @value{AS}}}\par
142\hfill Edited by Cygnus Support\par
143}
144%"boxit" macro for figures:
145%Modified from Knuth's ``boxit'' macro from TeXbook (answer to exercise 21.3)
146\gdef\boxit#1#2{\vbox{\hrule\hbox{\vrule\kern3pt
147 \vbox{\parindent=0pt\parskip=0pt\hsize=#1\kern3pt\strut\hfil
148#2\hfil\strut\kern3pt}\kern3pt\vrule}\hrule}}%box with visible outline
149\gdef\ibox#1#2{\hbox to #1{#2\hfil}\kern8pt}% invisible box
150@end tex
151
152@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
ad22bfe8
JM
153Copyright @copyright{} 1991, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 2000, 2001, 2002,
1542006, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132 155
cf055d54
NC
156 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
157 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1
158 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
159 with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
160 Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 161 section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
252b5132 162
252b5132 163@end titlepage
4ecceb71 164@contents
252b5132 165
2e64b665 166@ifnottex
252b5132
RH
167@node Top
168@top Using @value{AS}
169
e49e529d
JM
170This file is a user guide to the @sc{gnu} assembler @command{@value{AS}}
171@ifset VERSION_PACKAGE
172@value{VERSION_PACKAGE}
173@end ifset
174version @value{VERSION}.
252b5132 175@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 176This version of the file describes @command{@value{AS}} configured to generate
252b5132
RH
177code for @value{TARGET} architectures.
178@end ifclear
cf055d54
NC
179
180This document is distributed under the terms of the GNU Free
181Documentation License. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 182section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
cf055d54 183
252b5132
RH
184@menu
185* Overview:: Overview
186* Invoking:: Command-Line Options
187* Syntax:: Syntax
188* Sections:: Sections and Relocation
189* Symbols:: Symbols
190* Expressions:: Expressions
191* Pseudo Ops:: Assembler Directives
3a99f02f
DJ
192@ifset ELF
193* Object Attributes:: Object Attributes
194@end ifset
252b5132
RH
195* Machine Dependencies:: Machine Dependent Features
196* Reporting Bugs:: Reporting Bugs
197* Acknowledgements:: Who Did What
cf055d54 198* GNU Free Documentation License:: GNU Free Documentation License
28c9d252 199* AS Index:: AS Index
252b5132 200@end menu
2e64b665 201@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
202
203@node Overview
204@chapter Overview
205@iftex
a4fb0134 206This manual is a user guide to the @sc{gnu} assembler @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132 207@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 208This version of the manual describes @command{@value{AS}} configured to generate
252b5132
RH
209code for @value{TARGET} architectures.
210@end ifclear
211@end iftex
212
213@cindex invocation summary
214@cindex option summary
215@cindex summary of options
a4fb0134 216Here is a brief summary of how to invoke @command{@value{AS}}. For details,
96e9638b 217see @ref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}.
252b5132 218
0285c67d
NC
219@c man title AS the portable GNU assembler.
220
a4fb0134 221@ignore
0285c67d
NC
222@c man begin SEEALSO
223gcc(1), ld(1), and the Info entries for @file{binutils} and @file{ld}.
224@c man end
a4fb0134 225@end ignore
0285c67d 226
252b5132
RH
227@c We don't use deffn and friends for the following because they seem
228@c to be limited to one line for the header.
229@smallexample
0285c67d 230@c man begin SYNOPSIS
83f10cb2 231@value{AS} [@b{-a}[@b{cdghlns}][=@var{file}]] [@b{--alternate}] [@b{-D}]
3d6b762c 232 [@b{--debug-prefix-map} @var{old}=@var{new}]
4bdd3565
NC
233 [@b{--defsym} @var{sym}=@var{val}] [@b{-f}] [@b{-g}] [@b{--gstabs}]
234 [@b{--gstabs+}] [@b{--gdwarf-2}] [@b{--help}] [@b{-I} @var{dir}] [@b{-J}]
235 [@b{-K}] [@b{-L}] [@b{--listing-lhs-width}=@var{NUM}]
236 [@b{--listing-lhs-width2}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--listing-rhs-width}=@var{NUM}]
237 [@b{--listing-cont-lines}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--keep-locals}] [@b{-o}
238 @var{objfile}] [@b{-R}] [@b{--reduce-memory-overheads}] [@b{--statistics}]
239 [@b{-v}] [@b{-version}] [@b{--version}] [@b{-W}] [@b{--warn}]
a0b7da79
MM
240 [@b{--fatal-warnings}] [@b{-w}] [@b{-x}] [@b{-Z}] [@b{@@@var{FILE}}]
241 [@b{--target-help}] [@var{target-options}]
242 [@b{--}|@var{files} @dots{}]
a4fb0134
SC
243@c
244@c Target dependent options are listed below. Keep the list sorted.
245@c Add an empty line for separation.
625e1353
RH
246@ifset ALPHA
247
248@emph{Target Alpha options:}
249 [@b{-m@var{cpu}}]
250 [@b{-mdebug} | @b{-no-mdebug}]
251 [@b{-relax}] [@b{-g}] [@b{-G@var{size}}]
252 [@b{-F}] [@b{-32addr}]
253@end ifset
252b5132 254@ifset ARC
a4fb0134
SC
255
256@emph{Target ARC options:}
257 [@b{-marc[5|6|7|8]}]
258 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
252b5132
RH
259@end ifset
260@ifset ARM
a4fb0134
SC
261
262@emph{Target ARM options:}
03b1477f 263@c Don't document the deprecated options
92081f48
HPN
264 [@b{-mcpu}=@var{processor}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]]
265 [@b{-march}=@var{architecture}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]]
33a392fb
PB
266 [@b{-mfpu}=@var{floating-point-format}]
267 [@b{-mfloat-abi}=@var{abi}]
d507cf36 268 [@b{-meabi}=@var{ver}]
03b1477f 269 [@b{-mthumb}]
a4fb0134
SC
270 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
271 [@b{-mapcs-32}|@b{-mapcs-26}|@b{-mapcs-float}|
272 @b{-mapcs-reentrant}]
7f266840 273 [@b{-mthumb-interwork}] [@b{-k}]
252b5132 274@end ifset
328eb32e
HPN
275@ifset CRIS
276
277@emph{Target CRIS options:}
278 [@b{--underscore} | @b{--no-underscore}]
279 [@b{--pic}] [@b{-N}]
280 [@b{--emulation=criself} | @b{--emulation=crisaout}]
ae57792d 281 [@b{--march=v0_v10} | @b{--march=v10} | @b{--march=v32} | @b{--march=common_v10_v32}]
328eb32e
HPN
282@c Deprecated -- deliberately not documented.
283@c [@b{-h}] [@b{-H}]
284@end ifset
252b5132 285@ifset D10V
a4fb0134
SC
286
287@emph{Target D10V options:}
288 [@b{-O}]
252b5132
RH
289@end ifset
290@ifset D30V
a4fb0134
SC
291
292@emph{Target D30V options:}
293 [@b{-O}|@b{-n}|@b{-N}]
252b5132
RH
294@end ifset
295@ifset H8
6fd4f6cc
DD
296
297@emph{Target H8/300 options:}
298 [-h-tick-hex]
252b5132
RH
299@end ifset
300@ifset HPPA
301@c HPPA has no machine-dependent assembler options (yet).
302@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
303@ifset I80386
304
305@emph{Target i386 options:}
12b55ccc 306 [@b{--32}|@b{--64}] [@b{-n}]
6305a203 307 [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}[+@var{EXTENSION}@dots{}]] [@b{-mtune}=@var{CPU}]
252b5132
RH
308@end ifset
309@ifset I960
a4fb0134
SC
310
311@emph{Target i960 options:}
252b5132 312@c see md_parse_option in tc-i960.c
a4fb0134
SC
313 [@b{-ACA}|@b{-ACA_A}|@b{-ACB}|@b{-ACC}|@b{-AKA}|@b{-AKB}|
314 @b{-AKC}|@b{-AMC}]
315 [@b{-b}] [@b{-no-relax}]
252b5132 316@end ifset
587fe2b3 317@ifset IA64
a4fb0134 318
9e32ca89
NC
319@emph{Target IA-64 options:}
320 [@b{-mconstant-gp}|@b{-mauto-pic}]
321 [@b{-milp32}|@b{-milp64}|@b{-mlp64}|@b{-mp64}]
322 [@b{-mle}|@b{mbe}]
8c2fda1d 323 [@b{-mtune=itanium1}|@b{-mtune=itanium2}]
970d6792 324 [@b{-munwind-check=warning}|@b{-munwind-check=error}]
91d777ee 325 [@b{-mhint.b=ok}|@b{-mhint.b=warning}|@b{-mhint.b=error}]
9e32ca89
NC
326 [@b{-x}|@b{-xexplicit}] [@b{-xauto}] [@b{-xdebug}]
327@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
328@ifset IP2K
329
330@emph{Target IP2K options:}
331 [@b{-mip2022}|@b{-mip2022ext}]
332@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
333@ifset M32C
334
335@emph{Target M32C options:}
c54b5932 336 [@b{-m32c}|@b{-m16c}] [-relax] [-h-tick-hex]
49f58d10 337@end ifset
587fe2b3 338@ifset M32R
9e32ca89 339
a4fb0134
SC
340@emph{Target M32R options:}
341 [@b{--m32rx}|@b{--[no-]warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts}|
587fe2b3 342 @b{--W[n]p}]
ec694b89 343@end ifset
252b5132 344@ifset M680X0
a4fb0134
SC
345
346@emph{Target M680X0 options:}
347 [@b{-l}] [@b{-m68000}|@b{-m68010}|@b{-m68020}|@dots{}]
252b5132 348@end ifset
60bcf0fa 349@ifset M68HC11
a4fb0134
SC
350
351@emph{Target M68HC11 options:}
d01030e6 352 [@b{-m68hc11}|@b{-m68hc12}|@b{-m68hcs12}]
2f904664
SC
353 [@b{-mshort}|@b{-mlong}]
354 [@b{-mshort-double}|@b{-mlong-double}]
1370e33d 355 [@b{--force-long-branches}] [@b{--short-branches}]
a4fb0134
SC
356 [@b{--strict-direct-mode}] [@b{--print-insn-syntax}]
357 [@b{--print-opcodes}] [@b{--generate-example}]
358@end ifset
359@ifset MCORE
360
361@emph{Target MCORE options:}
362 [@b{-jsri2bsr}] [@b{-sifilter}] [@b{-relax}]
363 [@b{-mcpu=[210|340]}]
60bcf0fa 364@end ifset
252b5132 365@ifset MIPS
a4fb0134
SC
366
367@emph{Target MIPS options:}
78849248 368 [@b{-nocpp}] [@b{-EL}] [@b{-EB}] [@b{-O}[@var{optimization level}]]
437ee9d5 369 [@b{-g}[@var{debug level}]] [@b{-G} @var{num}] [@b{-KPIC}] [@b{-call_shared}]
0c000745 370 [@b{-non_shared}] [@b{-xgot} [@b{-mvxworks-pic}]
437ee9d5
TS
371 [@b{-mabi}=@var{ABI}] [@b{-32}] [@b{-n32}] [@b{-64}] [@b{-mfp32}] [@b{-mgp32}]
372 [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}] [@b{-mtune}=@var{CPU}] [@b{-mips1}] [@b{-mips2}]
af7ee8bf 373 [@b{-mips3}] [@b{-mips4}] [@b{-mips5}] [@b{-mips32}] [@b{-mips32r2}]
5f74bc13 374 [@b{-mips64}] [@b{-mips64r2}]
437ee9d5
TS
375 [@b{-construct-floats}] [@b{-no-construct-floats}]
376 [@b{-trap}] [@b{-no-break}] [@b{-break}] [@b{-no-trap}]
377 [@b{-mfix7000}] [@b{-mno-fix7000}]
378 [@b{-mips16}] [@b{-no-mips16}]
e16bfa71 379 [@b{-msmartmips}] [@b{-mno-smartmips}]
1f25f5d3 380 [@b{-mips3d}] [@b{-no-mips3d}]
deec1734 381 [@b{-mdmx}] [@b{-no-mdmx}]
2ef2b9ae 382 [@b{-mdsp}] [@b{-mno-dsp}]
8b082fb1 383 [@b{-mdspr2}] [@b{-mno-dspr2}]
ef2e4d86 384 [@b{-mmt}] [@b{-mno-mt}]
ecb4347a 385 [@b{-mdebug}] [@b{-no-mdebug}]
dcd410fe 386 [@b{-mpdr}] [@b{-mno-pdr}]
3c3bdf30
NC
387@end ifset
388@ifset MMIX
a4fb0134
SC
389
390@emph{Target MMIX options:}
391 [@b{--fixed-special-register-names}] [@b{--globalize-symbols}]
392 [@b{--gnu-syntax}] [@b{--relax}] [@b{--no-predefined-symbols}]
393 [@b{--no-expand}] [@b{--no-merge-gregs}] [@b{-x}]
973eb340 394 [@b{--linker-allocated-gregs}]
a4fb0134
SC
395@end ifset
396@ifset PDP11
397
398@emph{Target PDP11 options:}
399 [@b{-mpic}|@b{-mno-pic}] [@b{-mall}] [@b{-mno-extensions}]
400 [@b{-m}@var{extension}|@b{-mno-}@var{extension}]
401 [@b{-m}@var{cpu}] [@b{-m}@var{machine}]
402@end ifset
403@ifset PJ
404
405@emph{Target picoJava options:}
406 [@b{-mb}|@b{-me}]
407@end ifset
408@ifset PPC
409
410@emph{Target PowerPC options:}
411 [@b{-mpwrx}|@b{-mpwr2}|@b{-mpwr}|@b{-m601}|@b{-mppc}|@b{-mppc32}|@b{-m603}|@b{-m604}|
412 @b{-m403}|@b{-m405}|@b{-mppc64}|@b{-m620}|@b{-mppc64bridge}|@b{-mbooke}|
413 @b{-mbooke32}|@b{-mbooke64}]
9b4e5766 414 [@b{-mcom}|@b{-many}|@b{-maltivec}|@b{-mvsx}] [@b{-memb}]
a4fb0134
SC
415 [@b{-mregnames}|@b{-mno-regnames}]
416 [@b{-mrelocatable}|@b{-mrelocatable-lib}]
417 [@b{-mlittle}|@b{-mlittle-endian}|@b{-mbig}|@b{-mbig-endian}]
418 [@b{-msolaris}|@b{-mno-solaris}]
419@end ifset
420@ifset SPARC
421
422@emph{Target SPARC options:}
423@c The order here is important. See c-sparc.texi.
424 [@b{-Av6}|@b{-Av7}|@b{-Av8}|@b{-Asparclet}|@b{-Asparclite}
425 @b{-Av8plus}|@b{-Av8plusa}|@b{-Av9}|@b{-Av9a}]
426 [@b{-xarch=v8plus}|@b{-xarch=v8plusa}] [@b{-bump}]
427 [@b{-32}|@b{-64}]
428@end ifset
429@ifset TIC54X
430
431@emph{Target TIC54X options:}
432 [@b{-mcpu=54[123589]}|@b{-mcpu=54[56]lp}] [@b{-mfar-mode}|@b{-mf}]
433 [@b{-merrors-to-file} @var{<filename>}|@b{-me} @var{<filename>}]
434@end ifset
3c9b82ba
NC
435
436@ifset Z80
437
438@emph{Target Z80 options:}
439 [@b{-z80}] [@b{-r800}]
440 [@b{ -ignore-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Wnud}]
441 [@b{ -ignore-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Wnup}]
442 [@b{ -warn-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Wud}]
443 [@b{ -warn-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Wup}]
444 [@b{ -forbid-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Fud}]
445 [@b{ -forbid-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Fup}]
446@end ifset
447
a4fb0134
SC
448@ifset Z8000
449@c Z8000 has no machine-dependent assembler options
252b5132 450@end ifset
e0001a05
NC
451@ifset XTENSA
452
453@emph{Target Xtensa options:}
43cd72b9 454 [@b{--[no-]text-section-literals}] [@b{--[no-]absolute-literals}]
e0001a05 455 [@b{--[no-]target-align}] [@b{--[no-]longcalls}]
43cd72b9 456 [@b{--[no-]transform}]
9456465c 457 [@b{--rename-section} @var{oldname}=@var{newname}]
e0001a05 458@end ifset
0285c67d 459@c man end
252b5132
RH
460@end smallexample
461
0285c67d
NC
462@c man begin OPTIONS
463
a4fb0134 464@table @gcctabopt
38fc1cb1 465@include at-file.texi
a0b7da79 466
83f10cb2 467@item -a[cdghlmns]
252b5132
RH
468Turn on listings, in any of a variety of ways:
469
a4fb0134 470@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
471@item -ac
472omit false conditionals
473
474@item -ad
475omit debugging directives
476
83f10cb2
NC
477@item -ag
478include general information, like @value{AS} version and options passed
479
252b5132
RH
480@item -ah
481include high-level source
482
483@item -al
484include assembly
485
486@item -am
487include macro expansions
488
489@item -an
490omit forms processing
491
492@item -as
493include symbols
494
495@item =file
496set the name of the listing file
497@end table
498
499You may combine these options; for example, use @samp{-aln} for assembly
500listing without forms processing. The @samp{=file} option, if used, must be
501the last one. By itself, @samp{-a} defaults to @samp{-ahls}.
502
caa32fe5 503@item --alternate
96e9638b
BW
504Begin in alternate macro mode.
505@ifclear man
506@xref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
507@end ifclear
caa32fe5 508
252b5132
RH
509@item -D
510Ignored. This option is accepted for script compatibility with calls to
511other assemblers.
512
3d6b762c
JM
513@item --debug-prefix-map @var{old}=@var{new}
514When assembling files in directory @file{@var{old}}, record debugging
515information describing them as in @file{@var{new}} instead.
516
252b5132
RH
517@item --defsym @var{sym}=@var{value}
518Define the symbol @var{sym} to be @var{value} before assembling the input file.
519@var{value} must be an integer constant. As in C, a leading @samp{0x}
bf083c64
NC
520indicates a hexadecimal value, and a leading @samp{0} indicates an octal
521value. The value of the symbol can be overridden inside a source file via the
522use of a @code{.set} pseudo-op.
252b5132
RH
523
524@item -f
525``fast''---skip whitespace and comment preprocessing (assume source is
526compiler output).
527
329e276d
NC
528@item -g
529@itemx --gen-debug
530Generate debugging information for each assembler source line using whichever
531debug format is preferred by the target. This currently means either STABS,
532ECOFF or DWARF2.
533
252b5132
RH
534@item --gstabs
535Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line. This
536may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it.
537
05da4302
NC
538@item --gstabs+
539Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line, with GNU
540extensions that probably only gdb can handle, and that could make other
541debuggers crash or refuse to read your program. This
542may help debugging assembler code. Currently the only GNU extension is
543the location of the current working directory at assembling time.
544
329e276d 545@item --gdwarf-2
cdf82bcf 546Generate DWARF2 debugging information for each assembler line. This
c1253627 547may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it. Note---this
85a39694 548option is only supported by some targets, not all of them.
cdf82bcf 549
252b5132
RH
550@item --help
551Print a summary of the command line options and exit.
552
ea20a7da
CC
553@item --target-help
554Print a summary of all target specific options and exit.
555
252b5132
RH
556@item -I @var{dir}
557Add directory @var{dir} to the search list for @code{.include} directives.
558
559@item -J
560Don't warn about signed overflow.
561
562@item -K
563@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
564This option is accepted but has no effect on the @value{TARGET} family.
565@end ifclear
566@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
567Issue warnings when difference tables altered for long displacements.
568@end ifset
569
570@item -L
571@itemx --keep-locals
ba83aca1
BW
572Keep (in the symbol table) local symbols. These symbols start with
573system-specific local label prefixes, typically @samp{.L} for ELF systems
574or @samp{L} for traditional a.out systems.
575@ifclear man
576@xref{Symbol Names}.
577@end ifclear
252b5132 578
c3a27914
NC
579@item --listing-lhs-width=@var{number}
580Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for an assembler
581listing to @var{number}.
582
583@item --listing-lhs-width2=@var{number}
584Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for continuation
585lines in an assembler listing to @var{number}.
586
587@item --listing-rhs-width=@var{number}
588Set the maximum width of an input source line, as displayed in a listing, to
589@var{number} bytes.
590
591@item --listing-cont-lines=@var{number}
592Set the maximum number of lines printed in a listing for a single line of input
593to @var{number} + 1.
594
252b5132 595@item -o @var{objfile}
a4fb0134 596Name the object-file output from @command{@value{AS}} @var{objfile}.
252b5132
RH
597
598@item -R
599Fold the data section into the text section.
600
4bdd3565
NC
601@kindex --hash-size=@var{number}
602Set the default size of GAS's hash tables to a prime number close to
603@var{number}. Increasing this value can reduce the length of time it takes the
604assembler to perform its tasks, at the expense of increasing the assembler's
605memory requirements. Similarly reducing this value can reduce the memory
606requirements at the expense of speed.
607
608@item --reduce-memory-overheads
609This option reduces GAS's memory requirements, at the expense of making the
610assembly processes slower. Currently this switch is a synonym for
611@samp{--hash-size=4051}, but in the future it may have other effects as well.
612
252b5132
RH
613@item --statistics
614Print the maximum space (in bytes) and total time (in seconds) used by
615assembly.
616
617@item --strip-local-absolute
618Remove local absolute symbols from the outgoing symbol table.
619
620@item -v
621@itemx -version
a4fb0134 622Print the @command{as} version.
252b5132
RH
623
624@item --version
a4fb0134 625Print the @command{as} version and exit.
252b5132
RH
626
627@item -W
2bdd6cf5 628@itemx --no-warn
252b5132
RH
629Suppress warning messages.
630
2bdd6cf5
GK
631@item --fatal-warnings
632Treat warnings as errors.
633
634@item --warn
635Don't suppress warning messages or treat them as errors.
636
252b5132
RH
637@item -w
638Ignored.
639
640@item -x
641Ignored.
642
643@item -Z
644Generate an object file even after errors.
645
646@item -- | @var{files} @dots{}
647Standard input, or source files to assemble.
648
649@end table
650
651@ifset ARC
652The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
653an ARC processor.
654
a4fb0134 655@table @gcctabopt
0d2bcfaf
NC
656@item -marc[5|6|7|8]
657This option selects the core processor variant.
658@item -EB | -EL
659Select either big-endian (-EB) or little-endian (-EL) output.
252b5132
RH
660@end table
661@end ifset
662
663@ifset ARM
664The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the ARM
665processor family.
666
a4fb0134 667@table @gcctabopt
92081f48 668@item -mcpu=@var{processor}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]
cdf82bcf 669Specify which ARM processor variant is the target.
92081f48 670@item -march=@var{architecture}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]
cdf82bcf 671Specify which ARM architecture variant is used by the target.
03b1477f 672@item -mfpu=@var{floating-point-format}
a349d9dd 673Select which Floating Point architecture is the target.
33a392fb
PB
674@item -mfloat-abi=@var{abi}
675Select which floating point ABI is in use.
03b1477f
RE
676@item -mthumb
677Enable Thumb only instruction decoding.
7f266840 678@item -mapcs-32 | -mapcs-26 | -mapcs-float | -mapcs-reentrant
252b5132
RH
679Select which procedure calling convention is in use.
680@item -EB | -EL
681Select either big-endian (-EB) or little-endian (-EL) output.
cdf82bcf
NC
682@item -mthumb-interwork
683Specify that the code has been generated with interworking between Thumb and
684ARM code in mind.
685@item -k
686Specify that PIC code has been generated.
252b5132
RH
687@end table
688@end ifset
689
328eb32e
HPN
690@ifset CRIS
691See the info pages for documentation of the CRIS-specific options.
692@end ifset
693
252b5132
RH
694@ifset D10V
695The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
696a D10V processor.
a4fb0134 697@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
698@cindex D10V optimization
699@cindex optimization, D10V
700@item -O
701Optimize output by parallelizing instructions.
702@end table
703@end ifset
704
705@ifset D30V
706The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a D30V
707processor.
a4fb0134 708@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
709@cindex D30V optimization
710@cindex optimization, D30V
711@item -O
712Optimize output by parallelizing instructions.
713
714@cindex D30V nops
715@item -n
716Warn when nops are generated.
717
718@cindex D30V nops after 32-bit multiply
719@item -N
720Warn when a nop after a 32-bit multiply instruction is generated.
721@end table
722@end ifset
723
724@ifset I960
725The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
726Intel 80960 processor.
727
a4fb0134 728@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
729@item -ACA | -ACA_A | -ACB | -ACC | -AKA | -AKB | -AKC | -AMC
730Specify which variant of the 960 architecture is the target.
731
732@item -b
733Add code to collect statistics about branches taken.
734
735@item -no-relax
736Do not alter compare-and-branch instructions for long displacements;
737error if necessary.
738
739@end table
740@end ifset
741
a40cbfa3
NC
742@ifset IP2K
743The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
ec88d317 744Ubicom IP2K series.
a40cbfa3
NC
745
746@table @gcctabopt
747
748@item -mip2022ext
749Specifies that the extended IP2022 instructions are allowed.
750
751@item -mip2022
8dfa0188 752Restores the default behaviour, which restricts the permitted instructions to
a40cbfa3
NC
753just the basic IP2022 ones.
754
755@end table
756@end ifset
757
49f58d10
JB
758@ifset M32C
759The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
760Renesas M32C and M16C processors.
761
762@table @gcctabopt
763
764@item -m32c
765Assemble M32C instructions.
766
767@item -m16c
768Assemble M16C instructions (the default).
769
c54b5932
DD
770@item -relax
771Enable support for link-time relaxations.
772
773@item -h-tick-hex
774Support H'00 style hex constants in addition to 0x00 style.
775
49f58d10
JB
776@end table
777@end ifset
778
ec694b89
NC
779@ifset M32R
780The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
26597c86 781Renesas M32R (formerly Mitsubishi M32R) series.
ec694b89 782
a4fb0134 783@table @gcctabopt
ec694b89
NC
784
785@item --m32rx
786Specify which processor in the M32R family is the target. The default
787is normally the M32R, but this option changes it to the M32RX.
788
789@item --warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wp
790Produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are
791encountered.
792
793@item --no-warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wnp
794Do not produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are
795encountered.
796
797@end table
798@end ifset
252b5132
RH
799
800@ifset M680X0
801The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
802Motorola 68000 series.
803
a4fb0134 804@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
805
806@item -l
807Shorten references to undefined symbols, to one word instead of two.
808
0285c67d
NC
809@item -m68000 | -m68008 | -m68010 | -m68020 | -m68030
810@itemx | -m68040 | -m68060 | -m68302 | -m68331 | -m68332
811@itemx | -m68333 | -m68340 | -mcpu32 | -m5200
252b5132
RH
812Specify what processor in the 68000 family is the target. The default
813is normally the 68020, but this can be changed at configuration time.
814
815@item -m68881 | -m68882 | -mno-68881 | -mno-68882
816The target machine does (or does not) have a floating-point coprocessor.
817The default is to assume a coprocessor for 68020, 68030, and cpu32. Although
818the basic 68000 is not compatible with the 68881, a combination of the
819two can be specified, since it's possible to do emulation of the
820coprocessor instructions with the main processor.
821
822@item -m68851 | -mno-68851
823The target machine does (or does not) have a memory-management
824unit coprocessor. The default is to assume an MMU for 68020 and up.
825
826@end table
827@end ifset
828
e135f41b
NC
829@ifset PDP11
830
831For details about the PDP-11 machine dependent features options,
832see @ref{PDP-11-Options}.
833
a4fb0134 834@table @gcctabopt
e135f41b
NC
835@item -mpic | -mno-pic
836Generate position-independent (or position-dependent) code. The
a4fb0134 837default is @option{-mpic}.
e135f41b
NC
838
839@item -mall
840@itemx -mall-extensions
841Enable all instruction set extensions. This is the default.
842
843@item -mno-extensions
844Disable all instruction set extensions.
845
846@item -m@var{extension} | -mno-@var{extension}
847Enable (or disable) a particular instruction set extension.
848
849@item -m@var{cpu}
850Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular CPU, and
851disable all other extensions.
852
853@item -m@var{machine}
854Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular machine
855model, and disable all other extensions.
856@end table
857
858@end ifset
859
041dd5a9
ILT
860@ifset PJ
861The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
862a picoJava processor.
863
a4fb0134 864@table @gcctabopt
041dd5a9
ILT
865
866@cindex PJ endianness
867@cindex endianness, PJ
868@cindex big endian output, PJ
869@item -mb
870Generate ``big endian'' format output.
871
872@cindex little endian output, PJ
873@item -ml
874Generate ``little endian'' format output.
875
876@end table
877@end ifset
878
60bcf0fa
NC
879@ifset M68HC11
880The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
881Motorola 68HC11 or 68HC12 series.
882
a4fb0134 883@table @gcctabopt
60bcf0fa 884
d01030e6 885@item -m68hc11 | -m68hc12 | -m68hcs12
60bcf0fa
NC
886Specify what processor is the target. The default is
887defined by the configuration option when building the assembler.
888
2f904664
SC
889@item -mshort
890Specify to use the 16-bit integer ABI.
891
892@item -mlong
893Specify to use the 32-bit integer ABI.
894
895@item -mshort-double
896Specify to use the 32-bit double ABI.
897
898@item -mlong-double
899Specify to use the 64-bit double ABI.
900
1370e33d 901@item --force-long-branches
60bcf0fa
NC
902Relative branches are turned into absolute ones. This concerns
903conditional branches, unconditional branches and branches to a
904sub routine.
905
1370e33d
NC
906@item -S | --short-branches
907Do not turn relative branches into absolute ones
60bcf0fa
NC
908when the offset is out of range.
909
910@item --strict-direct-mode
911Do not turn the direct addressing mode into extended addressing mode
912when the instruction does not support direct addressing mode.
913
914@item --print-insn-syntax
915Print the syntax of instruction in case of error.
916
917@item --print-opcodes
918print the list of instructions with syntax and then exit.
919
920@item --generate-example
921print an example of instruction for each possible instruction and then exit.
a4fb0134 922This option is only useful for testing @command{@value{AS}}.
60bcf0fa
NC
923
924@end table
925@end ifset
926
252b5132 927@ifset SPARC
a4fb0134 928The following options are available when @command{@value{AS}} is configured
252b5132
RH
929for the SPARC architecture:
930
a4fb0134 931@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
932@item -Av6 | -Av7 | -Av8 | -Asparclet | -Asparclite
933@itemx -Av8plus | -Av8plusa | -Av9 | -Av9a
934Explicitly select a variant of the SPARC architecture.
935
936@samp{-Av8plus} and @samp{-Av8plusa} select a 32 bit environment.
937@samp{-Av9} and @samp{-Av9a} select a 64 bit environment.
938
939@samp{-Av8plusa} and @samp{-Av9a} enable the SPARC V9 instruction set with
940UltraSPARC extensions.
941
942@item -xarch=v8plus | -xarch=v8plusa
943For compatibility with the Solaris v9 assembler. These options are
944equivalent to -Av8plus and -Av8plusa, respectively.
945
946@item -bump
947Warn when the assembler switches to another architecture.
948@end table
949@end ifset
950
39bec121
TW
951@ifset TIC54X
952The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the 'c54x
953architecture.
954
a4fb0134 955@table @gcctabopt
39bec121
TW
956@item -mfar-mode
957Enable extended addressing mode. All addresses and relocations will assume
958extended addressing (usually 23 bits).
959@item -mcpu=@var{CPU_VERSION}
960Sets the CPU version being compiled for.
961@item -merrors-to-file @var{FILENAME}
962Redirect error output to a file, for broken systems which don't support such
963behaviour in the shell.
964@end table
965@end ifset
966
252b5132
RH
967@ifset MIPS
968The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
437ee9d5 969a @sc{mips} processor.
252b5132 970
a4fb0134 971@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
972@item -G @var{num}
973This option sets the largest size of an object that can be referenced
974implicitly with the @code{gp} register. It is only accepted for targets that
975use ECOFF format, such as a DECstation running Ultrix. The default value is 8.
976
977@cindex MIPS endianness
978@cindex endianness, MIPS
979@cindex big endian output, MIPS
980@item -EB
981Generate ``big endian'' format output.
982
983@cindex little endian output, MIPS
984@item -EL
985Generate ``little endian'' format output.
986
987@cindex MIPS ISA
988@item -mips1
989@itemx -mips2
990@itemx -mips3
e7af610e 991@itemx -mips4
437ee9d5 992@itemx -mips5
e7af610e 993@itemx -mips32
af7ee8bf 994@itemx -mips32r2
4058e45f 995@itemx -mips64
5f74bc13 996@itemx -mips64r2
437ee9d5
TS
997Generate code for a particular @sc{mips} Instruction Set Architecture level.
998@samp{-mips1} is an alias for @samp{-march=r3000}, @samp{-mips2} is an
999alias for @samp{-march=r6000}, @samp{-mips3} is an alias for
1000@samp{-march=r4000} and @samp{-mips4} is an alias for @samp{-march=r8000}.
5f74bc13
CD
1001@samp{-mips5}, @samp{-mips32}, @samp{-mips32r2}, @samp{-mips64}, and
1002@samp{-mips64r2}
af7ee8bf 1003correspond to generic
5f74bc13
CD
1004@samp{MIPS V}, @samp{MIPS32}, @samp{MIPS32 Release 2}, @samp{MIPS64},
1005and @samp{MIPS64 Release 2}
1006ISA processors, respectively.
437ee9d5
TS
1007
1008@item -march=@var{CPU}
1009Generate code for a particular @sc{mips} cpu.
1010
1011@item -mtune=@var{cpu}
1012Schedule and tune for a particular @sc{mips} cpu.
1013
1014@item -mfix7000
1015@itemx -mno-fix7000
1016Cause nops to be inserted if the read of the destination register
1017of an mfhi or mflo instruction occurs in the following two instructions.
1018
ecb4347a
DJ
1019@item -mdebug
1020@itemx -no-mdebug
1021Cause stabs-style debugging output to go into an ECOFF-style .mdebug
1022section instead of the standard ELF .stabs sections.
1023
dcd410fe
RO
1024@item -mpdr
1025@itemx -mno-pdr
1026Control generation of @code{.pdr} sections.
1027
437ee9d5
TS
1028@item -mgp32
1029@itemx -mfp32
1030The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but these
1031flags force a certain group of registers to be treated as 32 bits wide at
1032all times. @samp{-mgp32} controls the size of general-purpose registers
1033and @samp{-mfp32} controls the size of floating-point registers.
1034
1035@item -mips16
1036@itemx -no-mips16
1037Generate code for the MIPS 16 processor. This is equivalent to putting
1038@code{.set mips16} at the start of the assembly file. @samp{-no-mips16}
1039turns off this option.
252b5132 1040
e16bfa71
TS
1041@item -msmartmips
1042@itemx -mno-smartmips
1043Enables the SmartMIPS extension to the MIPS32 instruction set. This is
1044equivalent to putting @code{.set smartmips} at the start of the assembly file.
1045@samp{-mno-smartmips} turns off this option.
1046
1f25f5d3
CD
1047@item -mips3d
1048@itemx -no-mips3d
1049Generate code for the MIPS-3D Application Specific Extension.
1050This tells the assembler to accept MIPS-3D instructions.
1051@samp{-no-mips3d} turns off this option.
1052
deec1734
CD
1053@item -mdmx
1054@itemx -no-mdmx
1055Generate code for the MDMX Application Specific Extension.
1056This tells the assembler to accept MDMX instructions.
1057@samp{-no-mdmx} turns off this option.
1058
2ef2b9ae
CF
1059@item -mdsp
1060@itemx -mno-dsp
8b082fb1
TS
1061Generate code for the DSP Release 1 Application Specific Extension.
1062This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 1 instructions.
2ef2b9ae
CF
1063@samp{-mno-dsp} turns off this option.
1064
8b082fb1
TS
1065@item -mdspr2
1066@itemx -mno-dspr2
1067Generate code for the DSP Release 2 Application Specific Extension.
1068This option implies -mdsp.
1069This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 2 instructions.
1070@samp{-mno-dspr2} turns off this option.
1071
ef2e4d86
CF
1072@item -mmt
1073@itemx -mno-mt
1074Generate code for the MT Application Specific Extension.
1075This tells the assembler to accept MT instructions.
1076@samp{-mno-mt} turns off this option.
1077
437ee9d5
TS
1078@item --construct-floats
1079@itemx --no-construct-floats
1080The @samp{--no-construct-floats} option disables the construction of
1081double width floating point constants by loading the two halves of the
1082value into the two single width floating point registers that make up
1083the double width register. By default @samp{--construct-floats} is
1084selected, allowing construction of these floating point constants.
252b5132
RH
1085
1086@cindex emulation
1087@item --emulation=@var{name}
a4fb0134 1088This option causes @command{@value{AS}} to emulate @command{@value{AS}} configured
252b5132
RH
1089for some other target, in all respects, including output format (choosing
1090between ELF and ECOFF only), handling of pseudo-opcodes which may generate
1091debugging information or store symbol table information, and default
1092endianness. The available configuration names are: @samp{mipsecoff},
1093@samp{mipself}, @samp{mipslecoff}, @samp{mipsbecoff}, @samp{mipslelf},
1094@samp{mipsbelf}. The first two do not alter the default endianness from that
1095of the primary target for which the assembler was configured; the others change
1096the default to little- or big-endian as indicated by the @samp{b} or @samp{l}
1097in the name. Using @samp{-EB} or @samp{-EL} will override the endianness
1098selection in any case.
1099
1100This option is currently supported only when the primary target
437ee9d5 1101@command{@value{AS}} is configured for is a @sc{mips} ELF or ECOFF target.
252b5132
RH
1102Furthermore, the primary target or others specified with
1103@samp{--enable-targets=@dots{}} at configuration time must include support for
1104the other format, if both are to be available. For example, the Irix 5
1105configuration includes support for both.
1106
1107Eventually, this option will support more configurations, with more
1108fine-grained control over the assembler's behavior, and will be supported for
1109more processors.
1110
1111@item -nocpp
a4fb0134 1112@command{@value{AS}} ignores this option. It is accepted for compatibility with
252b5132
RH
1113the native tools.
1114
252b5132
RH
1115@item --trap
1116@itemx --no-trap
1117@itemx --break
1118@itemx --no-break
1119Control how to deal with multiplication overflow and division by zero.
1120@samp{--trap} or @samp{--no-break} (which are synonyms) take a trap exception
1121(and only work for Instruction Set Architecture level 2 and higher);
1122@samp{--break} or @samp{--no-trap} (also synonyms, and the default) take a
1123break exception.
63486801
L
1124
1125@item -n
a4fb0134 1126When this option is used, @command{@value{AS}} will issue a warning every
63486801 1127time it generates a nop instruction from a macro.
252b5132
RH
1128@end table
1129@end ifset
1130
1131@ifset MCORE
1132The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1133an MCore processor.
1134
a4fb0134 1135@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1136@item -jsri2bsr
1137@itemx -nojsri2bsr
1138Enable or disable the JSRI to BSR transformation. By default this is enabled.
1139The command line option @samp{-nojsri2bsr} can be used to disable it.
1140
1141@item -sifilter
1142@itemx -nosifilter
1143Enable or disable the silicon filter behaviour. By default this is disabled.
a349d9dd 1144The default can be overridden by the @samp{-sifilter} command line option.
252b5132
RH
1145
1146@item -relax
1147Alter jump instructions for long displacements.
1148
ec694b89
NC
1149@item -mcpu=[210|340]
1150Select the cpu type on the target hardware. This controls which instructions
1151can be assembled.
1152
1153@item -EB
1154Assemble for a big endian target.
1155
1156@item -EL
1157Assemble for a little endian target.
252b5132
RH
1158
1159@end table
1160@end ifset
1161
3c3bdf30
NC
1162@ifset MMIX
1163See the info pages for documentation of the MMIX-specific options.
1164@end ifset
1165
e0001a05
NC
1166@ifset XTENSA
1167The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1168an Xtensa processor.
1169
1170@table @gcctabopt
e0001a05
NC
1171@item --text-section-literals | --no-text-section-literals
1172With @option{--text-@-section-@-literals}, literal pools are interspersed
1173in the text section. The default is
1174@option{--no-@-text-@-section-@-literals}, which places literals in a
43cd72b9
BW
1175separate section in the output file. These options only affect literals
1176referenced via PC-relative @code{L32R} instructions; literals for
1177absolute mode @code{L32R} instructions are handled separately.
1178
1179@item --absolute-literals | --no-absolute-literals
1180Indicate to the assembler whether @code{L32R} instructions use absolute
1181or PC-relative addressing. The default is to assume absolute addressing
1182if the Xtensa processor includes the absolute @code{L32R} addressing
1183option. Otherwise, only the PC-relative @code{L32R} mode can be used.
e0001a05
NC
1184
1185@item --target-align | --no-target-align
1186Enable or disable automatic alignment to reduce branch penalties at the
1187expense of some code density. The default is @option{--target-@-align}.
1188
1189@item --longcalls | --no-longcalls
1190Enable or disable transformation of call instructions to allow calls
1191across a greater range of addresses. The default is
1192@option{--no-@-longcalls}.
43cd72b9
BW
1193
1194@item --transform | --no-transform
1195Enable or disable all assembler transformations of Xtensa instructions.
1196The default is @option{--transform};
1197@option{--no-transform} should be used only in the rare cases when the
1198instructions must be exactly as specified in the assembly source.
00e3c476
BW
1199
1200@item --rename-section @var{oldname}=@var{newname}
1201When generating output sections, rename the @var{oldname} section to
1202@var{newname}.
e0001a05
NC
1203@end table
1204@end ifset
1205
3c9b82ba
NC
1206@ifset Z80
1207The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1208a Z80 family processor.
1209@table @gcctabopt
1210@item -z80
1211Assemble for Z80 processor.
1212@item -r800
1213Assemble for R800 processor.
1214@item -ignore-undocumented-instructions
1215@itemx -Wnud
1216Assemble undocumented Z80 instructions that also work on R800 without warning.
1217@item -ignore-unportable-instructions
1218@itemx -Wnup
1219Assemble all undocumented Z80 instructions without warning.
1220@item -warn-undocumented-instructions
1221@itemx -Wud
1222Issue a warning for undocumented Z80 instructions that also work on R800.
1223@item -warn-unportable-instructions
1224@itemx -Wup
b45619c0 1225Issue a warning for undocumented Z80 instructions that do not work on R800.
3c9b82ba
NC
1226@item -forbid-undocumented-instructions
1227@itemx -Fud
1228Treat all undocumented instructions as errors.
1229@item -forbid-unportable-instructions
1230@itemx -Fup
b45619c0 1231Treat undocumented Z80 instructions that do not work on R800 as errors.
3c9b82ba
NC
1232@end table
1233@end ifset
1234
0285c67d
NC
1235@c man end
1236
252b5132
RH
1237@menu
1238* Manual:: Structure of this Manual
1239* GNU Assembler:: The GNU Assembler
1240* Object Formats:: Object File Formats
1241* Command Line:: Command Line
1242* Input Files:: Input Files
1243* Object:: Output (Object) File
1244* Errors:: Error and Warning Messages
1245@end menu
1246
1247@node Manual
1248@section Structure of this Manual
1249
1250@cindex manual, structure and purpose
1251This manual is intended to describe what you need to know to use
a4fb0134 1252@sc{gnu} @command{@value{AS}}. We cover the syntax expected in source files, including
252b5132 1253notation for symbols, constants, and expressions; the directives that
a4fb0134 1254@command{@value{AS}} understands; and of course how to invoke @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1255
1256@ifclear GENERIC
1257We also cover special features in the @value{TARGET}
a4fb0134 1258configuration of @command{@value{AS}}, including assembler directives.
252b5132
RH
1259@end ifclear
1260@ifset GENERIC
1261This manual also describes some of the machine-dependent features of
1262various flavors of the assembler.
1263@end ifset
1264
1265@cindex machine instructions (not covered)
1266On the other hand, this manual is @emph{not} intended as an introduction
1267to programming in assembly language---let alone programming in general!
1268In a similar vein, we make no attempt to introduce the machine
1269architecture; we do @emph{not} describe the instruction set, standard
1270mnemonics, registers or addressing modes that are standard to a
1271particular architecture.
1272@ifset GENERIC
1273You may want to consult the manufacturer's
1274machine architecture manual for this information.
1275@end ifset
1276@ifclear GENERIC
1277@ifset H8/300
1278For information on the H8/300 machine instruction set, see @cite{H8/300
c2dcd04e
NC
1279Series Programming Manual}. For the H8/300H, see @cite{H8/300H Series
1280Programming Manual} (Renesas).
252b5132 1281@end ifset
252b5132 1282@ifset SH
ef230218
JR
1283For information on the Renesas (formerly Hitachi) / SuperH SH machine instruction set,
1284see @cite{SH-Microcomputer User's Manual} (Renesas) or
1285@cite{SH-4 32-bit CPU Core Architecture} (SuperH) and
1286@cite{SuperH (SH) 64-Bit RISC Series} (SuperH).
252b5132
RH
1287@end ifset
1288@ifset Z8000
1289For information on the Z8000 machine instruction set, see @cite{Z8000 CPU Technical Manual}
1290@end ifset
1291@end ifclear
1292
1293@c I think this is premature---doc@cygnus.com, 17jan1991
1294@ignore
1295Throughout this manual, we assume that you are running @dfn{GNU},
1296the portable operating system from the @dfn{Free Software
1297Foundation, Inc.}. This restricts our attention to certain kinds of
1298computer (in particular, the kinds of computers that @sc{gnu} can run on);
1299once this assumption is granted examples and definitions need less
1300qualification.
1301
a4fb0134 1302@command{@value{AS}} is part of a team of programs that turn a high-level
252b5132
RH
1303human-readable series of instructions into a low-level
1304computer-readable series of instructions. Different versions of
a4fb0134 1305@command{@value{AS}} are used for different kinds of computer.
252b5132
RH
1306@end ignore
1307
1308@c There used to be a section "Terminology" here, which defined
1309@c "contents", "byte", "word", and "long". Defining "word" to any
1310@c particular size is confusing when the .word directive may generate 16
1311@c bits on one machine and 32 bits on another; in general, for the user
1312@c version of this manual, none of these terms seem essential to define.
1313@c They were used very little even in the former draft of the manual;
1314@c this draft makes an effort to avoid them (except in names of
1315@c directives).
1316
1317@node GNU Assembler
1318@section The GNU Assembler
1319
0285c67d
NC
1320@c man begin DESCRIPTION
1321
a4fb0134 1322@sc{gnu} @command{as} is really a family of assemblers.
252b5132 1323@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 1324This manual describes @command{@value{AS}}, a member of that family which is
252b5132
RH
1325configured for the @value{TARGET} architectures.
1326@end ifclear
1327If you use (or have used) the @sc{gnu} assembler on one architecture, you
1328should find a fairly similar environment when you use it on another
1329architecture. Each version has much in common with the others,
1330including object file formats, most assembler directives (often called
1331@dfn{pseudo-ops}) and assembler syntax.@refill
1332
1333@cindex purpose of @sc{gnu} assembler
a4fb0134 1334@command{@value{AS}} is primarily intended to assemble the output of the
252b5132 1335@sc{gnu} C compiler @code{@value{GCC}} for use by the linker
a4fb0134 1336@code{@value{LD}}. Nevertheless, we've tried to make @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
1337assemble correctly everything that other assemblers for the same
1338machine would assemble.
1339@ifset VAX
1340Any exceptions are documented explicitly (@pxref{Machine Dependencies}).
1341@end ifset
1342@ifset M680X0
1343@c This remark should appear in generic version of manual; assumption
1344@c here is that generic version sets M680x0.
a4fb0134 1345This doesn't mean @command{@value{AS}} always uses the same syntax as another
252b5132
RH
1346assembler for the same architecture; for example, we know of several
1347incompatible versions of 680x0 assembly language syntax.
1348@end ifset
1349
0285c67d
NC
1350@c man end
1351
a4fb0134 1352Unlike older assemblers, @command{@value{AS}} is designed to assemble a source
252b5132
RH
1353program in one pass of the source file. This has a subtle impact on the
1354@kbd{.org} directive (@pxref{Org,,@code{.org}}).
1355
1356@node Object Formats
1357@section Object File Formats
1358
1359@cindex object file format
1360The @sc{gnu} assembler can be configured to produce several alternative
1361object file formats. For the most part, this does not affect how you
1362write assembly language programs; but directives for debugging symbols
1363are typically different in different file formats. @xref{Symbol
1364Attributes,,Symbol Attributes}.
1365@ifclear GENERIC
1366@ifclear MULTI-OBJ
c1253627 1367For the @value{TARGET} target, @command{@value{AS}} is configured to produce
252b5132
RH
1368@value{OBJ-NAME} format object files.
1369@end ifclear
1370@c The following should exhaust all configs that set MULTI-OBJ, ideally
252b5132 1371@ifset I960
a4fb0134 1372On the @value{TARGET}, @command{@value{AS}} can be configured to produce either
252b5132
RH
1373@code{b.out} or COFF format object files.
1374@end ifset
1375@ifset HPPA
a4fb0134 1376On the @value{TARGET}, @command{@value{AS}} can be configured to produce either
252b5132
RH
1377SOM or ELF format object files.
1378@end ifset
1379@end ifclear
1380
1381@node Command Line
1382@section Command Line
1383
1384@cindex command line conventions
0285c67d 1385
a4fb0134 1386After the program name @command{@value{AS}}, the command line may contain
252b5132
RH
1387options and file names. Options may appear in any order, and may be
1388before, after, or between file names. The order of file names is
1389significant.
1390
1391@cindex standard input, as input file
1392@kindex --
1393@file{--} (two hyphens) by itself names the standard input file
a4fb0134 1394explicitly, as one of the files for @command{@value{AS}} to assemble.
252b5132
RH
1395
1396@cindex options, command line
1397Except for @samp{--} any command line argument that begins with a
1398hyphen (@samp{-}) is an option. Each option changes the behavior of
a4fb0134 1399@command{@value{AS}}. No option changes the way another option works. An
252b5132
RH
1400option is a @samp{-} followed by one or more letters; the case of
1401the letter is important. All options are optional.
1402
1403Some options expect exactly one file name to follow them. The file
1404name may either immediately follow the option's letter (compatible
1405with older assemblers) or it may be the next command argument (@sc{gnu}
1406standard). These two command lines are equivalent:
1407
1408@smallexample
1409@value{AS} -o my-object-file.o mumble.s
1410@value{AS} -omy-object-file.o mumble.s
1411@end smallexample
1412
1413@node Input Files
1414@section Input Files
1415
1416@cindex input
1417@cindex source program
1418@cindex files, input
1419We use the phrase @dfn{source program}, abbreviated @dfn{source}, to
a4fb0134 1420describe the program input to one run of @command{@value{AS}}. The program may
252b5132
RH
1421be in one or more files; how the source is partitioned into files
1422doesn't change the meaning of the source.
1423
1424@c I added "con" prefix to "catenation" just to prove I can overcome my
1425@c APL training... doc@cygnus.com
1426The source program is a concatenation of the text in all the files, in the
1427order specified.
1428
0285c67d 1429@c man begin DESCRIPTION
a4fb0134 1430Each time you run @command{@value{AS}} it assembles exactly one source
252b5132
RH
1431program. The source program is made up of one or more files.
1432(The standard input is also a file.)
1433
a4fb0134 1434You give @command{@value{AS}} a command line that has zero or more input file
252b5132
RH
1435names. The input files are read (from left file name to right). A
1436command line argument (in any position) that has no special meaning
1437is taken to be an input file name.
1438
a4fb0134
SC
1439If you give @command{@value{AS}} no file names it attempts to read one input file
1440from the @command{@value{AS}} standard input, which is normally your terminal. You
1441may have to type @key{ctl-D} to tell @command{@value{AS}} there is no more program
252b5132
RH
1442to assemble.
1443
1444Use @samp{--} if you need to explicitly name the standard input file
1445in your command line.
1446
a4fb0134 1447If the source is empty, @command{@value{AS}} produces a small, empty object
252b5132
RH
1448file.
1449
0285c67d
NC
1450@c man end
1451
252b5132
RH
1452@subheading Filenames and Line-numbers
1453
1454@cindex input file linenumbers
1455@cindex line numbers, in input files
1456There are two ways of locating a line in the input file (or files) and
1457either may be used in reporting error messages. One way refers to a line
1458number in a physical file; the other refers to a line number in a
1459``logical'' file. @xref{Errors, ,Error and Warning Messages}.
1460
1461@dfn{Physical files} are those files named in the command line given
a4fb0134 1462to @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1463
1464@dfn{Logical files} are simply names declared explicitly by assembler
1465directives; they bear no relation to physical files. Logical file names help
a4fb0134
SC
1466error messages reflect the original source file, when @command{@value{AS}} source
1467is itself synthesized from other files. @command{@value{AS}} understands the
252b5132
RH
1468@samp{#} directives emitted by the @code{@value{GCC}} preprocessor. See also
1469@ref{File,,@code{.file}}.
1470
1471@node Object
1472@section Output (Object) File
1473
1474@cindex object file
1475@cindex output file
1476@kindex a.out
1477@kindex .o
a4fb0134 1478Every time you run @command{@value{AS}} it produces an output file, which is
252b5132
RH
1479your assembly language program translated into numbers. This file
1480is the object file. Its default name is
1481@ifclear BOUT
1482@code{a.out}.
1483@end ifclear
1484@ifset BOUT
1485@ifset GENERIC
1486@code{a.out}, or
1487@end ifset
a4fb0134 1488@code{b.out} when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for the Intel 80960.
252b5132 1489@end ifset
a4fb0134 1490You can give it another name by using the @option{-o} option. Conventionally,
252b5132
RH
1491object file names end with @file{.o}. The default name is used for historical
1492reasons: older assemblers were capable of assembling self-contained programs
1493directly into a runnable program. (For some formats, this isn't currently
1494possible, but it can be done for the @code{a.out} format.)
1495
1496@cindex linker
1497@kindex ld
1498The object file is meant for input to the linker @code{@value{LD}}. It contains
1499assembled program code, information to help @code{@value{LD}} integrate
1500the assembled program into a runnable file, and (optionally) symbolic
1501information for the debugger.
1502
1503@c link above to some info file(s) like the description of a.out.
1504@c don't forget to describe @sc{gnu} info as well as Unix lossage.
1505
1506@node Errors
1507@section Error and Warning Messages
1508
0285c67d
NC
1509@c man begin DESCRIPTION
1510
a349d9dd 1511@cindex error messages
252b5132
RH
1512@cindex warning messages
1513@cindex messages from assembler
a4fb0134 1514@command{@value{AS}} may write warnings and error messages to the standard error
252b5132 1515file (usually your terminal). This should not happen when a compiler
a4fb0134
SC
1516runs @command{@value{AS}} automatically. Warnings report an assumption made so
1517that @command{@value{AS}} could keep assembling a flawed program; errors report a
252b5132
RH
1518grave problem that stops the assembly.
1519
0285c67d
NC
1520@c man end
1521
252b5132
RH
1522@cindex format of warning messages
1523Warning messages have the format
1524
1525@smallexample
1526file_name:@b{NNN}:Warning Message Text
1527@end smallexample
1528
1529@noindent
1530@cindex line numbers, in warnings/errors
1531(where @b{NNN} is a line number). If a logical file name has been given
1532(@pxref{File,,@code{.file}}) it is used for the filename, otherwise the name of
1533the current input file is used. If a logical line number was given
1534@ifset GENERIC
1535(@pxref{Line,,@code{.line}})
1536@end ifset
252b5132
RH
1537then it is used to calculate the number printed,
1538otherwise the actual line in the current source file is printed. The
1539message text is intended to be self explanatory (in the grand Unix
1540tradition).
1541
1542@cindex format of error messages
1543Error messages have the format
1544@smallexample
1545file_name:@b{NNN}:FATAL:Error Message Text
1546@end smallexample
1547The file name and line number are derived as for warning
1548messages. The actual message text may be rather less explanatory
1549because many of them aren't supposed to happen.
1550
1551@node Invoking
1552@chapter Command-Line Options
1553
1554@cindex options, all versions of assembler
1555This chapter describes command-line options available in @emph{all}
96e9638b
BW
1556versions of the @sc{gnu} assembler; see @ref{Machine Dependencies},
1557for options specific
252b5132 1558@ifclear GENERIC
c1253627 1559to the @value{TARGET} target.
252b5132
RH
1560@end ifclear
1561@ifset GENERIC
1562to particular machine architectures.
1563@end ifset
1564
0285c67d
NC
1565@c man begin DESCRIPTION
1566
c1253627 1567If you are invoking @command{@value{AS}} via the @sc{gnu} C compiler,
252b5132
RH
1568you can use the @samp{-Wa} option to pass arguments through to the assembler.
1569The assembler arguments must be separated from each other (and the @samp{-Wa})
1570by commas. For example:
1571
1572@smallexample
1573gcc -c -g -O -Wa,-alh,-L file.c
1574@end smallexample
1575
1576@noindent
1577This passes two options to the assembler: @samp{-alh} (emit a listing to
5f5e16be 1578standard output with high-level and assembly source) and @samp{-L} (retain
252b5132
RH
1579local symbols in the symbol table).
1580
1581Usually you do not need to use this @samp{-Wa} mechanism, since many compiler
1582command-line options are automatically passed to the assembler by the compiler.
1583(You can call the @sc{gnu} compiler driver with the @samp{-v} option to see
1584precisely what options it passes to each compilation pass, including the
1585assembler.)
1586
0285c67d
NC
1587@c man end
1588
252b5132 1589@menu
83f10cb2 1590* a:: -a[cdghlns] enable listings
caa32fe5 1591* alternate:: --alternate enable alternate macro syntax
252b5132
RH
1592* D:: -D for compatibility
1593* f:: -f to work faster
1594* I:: -I for .include search path
1595@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
1596* K:: -K for compatibility
1597@end ifclear
1598@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
1599* K:: -K for difference tables
1600@end ifset
1601
ba83aca1 1602* L:: -L to retain local symbols
c3a27914 1603* listing:: --listing-XXX to configure listing output
252b5132
RH
1604* M:: -M or --mri to assemble in MRI compatibility mode
1605* MD:: --MD for dependency tracking
1606* o:: -o to name the object file
1607* R:: -R to join data and text sections
1608* statistics:: --statistics to see statistics about assembly
1609* traditional-format:: --traditional-format for compatible output
1610* v:: -v to announce version
2bdd6cf5 1611* W:: -W, --no-warn, --warn, --fatal-warnings to control warnings
252b5132
RH
1612* Z:: -Z to make object file even after errors
1613@end menu
1614
1615@node a
83f10cb2 1616@section Enable Listings: @option{-a[cdghlns]}
252b5132
RH
1617
1618@kindex -a
1619@kindex -ac
1620@kindex -ad
83f10cb2 1621@kindex -ag
252b5132
RH
1622@kindex -ah
1623@kindex -al
1624@kindex -an
1625@kindex -as
1626@cindex listings, enabling
1627@cindex assembly listings, enabling
1628
1629These options enable listing output from the assembler. By itself,
1630@samp{-a} requests high-level, assembly, and symbols listing.
1631You can use other letters to select specific options for the list:
1632@samp{-ah} requests a high-level language listing,
1633@samp{-al} requests an output-program assembly listing, and
1634@samp{-as} requests a symbol table listing.
1635High-level listings require that a compiler debugging option like
1636@samp{-g} be used, and that assembly listings (@samp{-al}) be requested
1637also.
1638
83f10cb2
NC
1639Use the @samp{-ag} option to print a first section with general assembly
1640information, like @value{AS} version, switches passed, or time stamp.
1641
252b5132
RH
1642Use the @samp{-ac} option to omit false conditionals from a listing. Any lines
1643which are not assembled because of a false @code{.if} (or @code{.ifdef}, or any
1644other conditional), or a true @code{.if} followed by an @code{.else}, will be
1645omitted from the listing.
1646
1647Use the @samp{-ad} option to omit debugging directives from the
1648listing.
1649
1650Once you have specified one of these options, you can further control
1651listing output and its appearance using the directives @code{.list},
1652@code{.nolist}, @code{.psize}, @code{.eject}, @code{.title}, and
1653@code{.sbttl}.
1654The @samp{-an} option turns off all forms processing.
1655If you do not request listing output with one of the @samp{-a} options, the
1656listing-control directives have no effect.
1657
1658The letters after @samp{-a} may be combined into one option,
1659@emph{e.g.}, @samp{-aln}.
1660
96e9638b
BW
1661Note if the assembler source is coming from the standard input (e.g.,
1662because it
c3a27914
NC
1663is being created by @code{@value{GCC}} and the @samp{-pipe} command line switch
1664is being used) then the listing will not contain any comments or preprocessor
1665directives. This is because the listing code buffers input source lines from
1666stdin only after they have been preprocessed by the assembler. This reduces
1667memory usage and makes the code more efficient.
1668
caa32fe5
NC
1669@node alternate
1670@section @option{--alternate}
1671
1672@kindex --alternate
1673Begin in alternate macro mode, see @ref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
1674
252b5132 1675@node D
a4fb0134 1676@section @option{-D}
252b5132
RH
1677
1678@kindex -D
1679This option has no effect whatsoever, but it is accepted to make it more
1680likely that scripts written for other assemblers also work with
a4fb0134 1681@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1682
1683@node f
a4fb0134 1684@section Work Faster: @option{-f}
252b5132
RH
1685
1686@kindex -f
1687@cindex trusted compiler
a4fb0134 1688@cindex faster processing (@option{-f})
252b5132
RH
1689@samp{-f} should only be used when assembling programs written by a
1690(trusted) compiler. @samp{-f} stops the assembler from doing whitespace
1691and comment preprocessing on
1692the input file(s) before assembling them. @xref{Preprocessing,
1693,Preprocessing}.
1694
1695@quotation
1696@emph{Warning:} if you use @samp{-f} when the files actually need to be
a4fb0134 1697preprocessed (if they contain comments, for example), @command{@value{AS}} does
252b5132
RH
1698not work correctly.
1699@end quotation
1700
1701@node I
c1253627 1702@section @code{.include} Search Path: @option{-I} @var{path}
252b5132
RH
1703
1704@kindex -I @var{path}
1705@cindex paths for @code{.include}
1706@cindex search path for @code{.include}
1707@cindex @code{include} directive search path
1708Use this option to add a @var{path} to the list of directories
a4fb0134
SC
1709@command{@value{AS}} searches for files specified in @code{.include}
1710directives (@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}). You may use @option{-I} as
252b5132 1711many times as necessary to include a variety of paths. The current
a4fb0134 1712working directory is always searched first; after that, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
1713searches any @samp{-I} directories in the same order as they were
1714specified (left to right) on the command line.
1715
1716@node K
a4fb0134 1717@section Difference Tables: @option{-K}
252b5132
RH
1718
1719@kindex -K
1720@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
1721On the @value{TARGET} family, this option is allowed, but has no effect. It is
1722permitted for compatibility with the @sc{gnu} assembler on other platforms,
1723where it can be used to warn when the assembler alters the machine code
1724generated for @samp{.word} directives in difference tables. The @value{TARGET}
1725family does not have the addressing limitations that sometimes lead to this
1726alteration on other platforms.
1727@end ifclear
1728
1729@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
1730@cindex difference tables, warning
1731@cindex warning for altered difference tables
96e9638b
BW
1732@command{@value{AS}} sometimes alters the code emitted for directives of the
1733form @samp{.word @var{sym1}-@var{sym2}}. @xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
252b5132
RH
1734You can use the @samp{-K} option if you want a warning issued when this
1735is done.
1736@end ifset
1737
1738@node L
ba83aca1 1739@section Include Local Symbols: @option{-L}
252b5132
RH
1740
1741@kindex -L
ba83aca1
BW
1742@cindex local symbols, retaining in output
1743Symbols beginning with system-specific local label prefixes, typically
1744@samp{.L} for ELF systems or @samp{L} for traditional a.out systems, are
1745called @dfn{local symbols}. @xref{Symbol Names}. Normally you do not see
1746such symbols when debugging, because they are intended for the use of
1747programs (like compilers) that compose assembler programs, not for your
1748notice. Normally both @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} discard
1749such symbols, so you do not normally debug with them.
1750
1751This option tells @command{@value{AS}} to retain those local symbols
252b5132 1752in the object file. Usually if you do this you also tell the linker
ba83aca1 1753@code{@value{LD}} to preserve those symbols.
252b5132 1754
c3a27914 1755@node listing
a4fb0134 1756@section Configuring listing output: @option{--listing}
c3a27914
NC
1757
1758The listing feature of the assembler can be enabled via the command line switch
1759@samp{-a} (@pxref{a}). This feature combines the input source file(s) with a
1760hex dump of the corresponding locations in the output object file, and displays
96e9638b
BW
1761them as a listing file. The format of this listing can be controlled by
1762directives inside the assembler source (i.e., @code{.list} (@pxref{List}),
1763@code{.title} (@pxref{Title}), @code{.sbttl} (@pxref{Sbttl}),
1764@code{.psize} (@pxref{Psize}), and
1765@code{.eject} (@pxref{Eject}) and also by the following switches:
c3a27914 1766
a4fb0134 1767@table @gcctabopt
c3a27914
NC
1768@item --listing-lhs-width=@samp{number}
1769@kindex --listing-lhs-width
1770@cindex Width of first line disassembly output
1771Sets the maximum width, in words, of the first line of the hex byte dump. This
1772dump appears on the left hand side of the listing output.
1773
1774@item --listing-lhs-width2=@samp{number}
1775@kindex --listing-lhs-width2
1776@cindex Width of continuation lines of disassembly output
1777Sets the maximum width, in words, of any further lines of the hex byte dump for
8dfa0188 1778a given input source line. If this value is not specified, it defaults to being
c3a27914
NC
1779the same as the value specified for @samp{--listing-lhs-width}. If neither
1780switch is used the default is to one.
1781
1782@item --listing-rhs-width=@samp{number}
1783@kindex --listing-rhs-width
1784@cindex Width of source line output
1785Sets the maximum width, in characters, of the source line that is displayed
1786alongside the hex dump. The default value for this parameter is 100. The
1787source line is displayed on the right hand side of the listing output.
1788
1789@item --listing-cont-lines=@samp{number}
1790@kindex --listing-cont-lines
1791@cindex Maximum number of continuation lines
1792Sets the maximum number of continuation lines of hex dump that will be
1793displayed for a given single line of source input. The default value is 4.
1794@end table
1795
252b5132 1796@node M
a4fb0134 1797@section Assemble in MRI Compatibility Mode: @option{-M}
252b5132
RH
1798
1799@kindex -M
1800@cindex MRI compatibility mode
a4fb0134
SC
1801The @option{-M} or @option{--mri} option selects MRI compatibility mode. This
1802changes the syntax and pseudo-op handling of @command{@value{AS}} to make it
252b5132
RH
1803compatible with the @code{ASM68K} or the @code{ASM960} (depending upon the
1804configured target) assembler from Microtec Research. The exact nature of the
1805MRI syntax will not be documented here; see the MRI manuals for more
1806information. Note in particular that the handling of macros and macro
1807arguments is somewhat different. The purpose of this option is to permit
a4fb0134 1808assembling existing MRI assembler code using @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1809
1810The MRI compatibility is not complete. Certain operations of the MRI assembler
1811depend upon its object file format, and can not be supported using other object
1812file formats. Supporting these would require enhancing each object file format
1813individually. These are:
1814
1815@itemize @bullet
1816@item global symbols in common section
1817
1818The m68k MRI assembler supports common sections which are merged by the linker.
a4fb0134 1819Other object file formats do not support this. @command{@value{AS}} handles
252b5132
RH
1820common sections by treating them as a single common symbol. It permits local
1821symbols to be defined within a common section, but it can not support global
1822symbols, since it has no way to describe them.
1823
1824@item complex relocations
1825
1826The MRI assemblers support relocations against a negated section address, and
1827relocations which combine the start addresses of two or more sections. These
1828are not support by other object file formats.
1829
1830@item @code{END} pseudo-op specifying start address
1831
1832The MRI @code{END} pseudo-op permits the specification of a start address.
1833This is not supported by other object file formats. The start address may
a4fb0134 1834instead be specified using the @option{-e} option to the linker, or in a linker
252b5132
RH
1835script.
1836
1837@item @code{IDNT}, @code{.ident} and @code{NAME} pseudo-ops
1838
1839The MRI @code{IDNT}, @code{.ident} and @code{NAME} pseudo-ops assign a module
1840name to the output file. This is not supported by other object file formats.
1841
1842@item @code{ORG} pseudo-op
1843
1844The m68k MRI @code{ORG} pseudo-op begins an absolute section at a given
a4fb0134 1845address. This differs from the usual @command{@value{AS}} @code{.org} pseudo-op,
252b5132
RH
1846which changes the location within the current section. Absolute sections are
1847not supported by other object file formats. The address of a section may be
1848assigned within a linker script.
1849@end itemize
1850
1851There are some other features of the MRI assembler which are not supported by
a4fb0134 1852@command{@value{AS}}, typically either because they are difficult or because they
252b5132
RH
1853seem of little consequence. Some of these may be supported in future releases.
1854
1855@itemize @bullet
1856
1857@item EBCDIC strings
1858
1859EBCDIC strings are not supported.
1860
1861@item packed binary coded decimal
1862
1863Packed binary coded decimal is not supported. This means that the @code{DC.P}
1864and @code{DCB.P} pseudo-ops are not supported.
1865
1866@item @code{FEQU} pseudo-op
1867
1868The m68k @code{FEQU} pseudo-op is not supported.
1869
1870@item @code{NOOBJ} pseudo-op
1871
1872The m68k @code{NOOBJ} pseudo-op is not supported.
1873
1874@item @code{OPT} branch control options
1875
1876The m68k @code{OPT} branch control options---@code{B}, @code{BRS}, @code{BRB},
a4fb0134 1877@code{BRL}, and @code{BRW}---are ignored. @command{@value{AS}} automatically
252b5132
RH
1878relaxes all branches, whether forward or backward, to an appropriate size, so
1879these options serve no purpose.
1880
1881@item @code{OPT} list control options
1882
1883The following m68k @code{OPT} list control options are ignored: @code{C},
1884@code{CEX}, @code{CL}, @code{CRE}, @code{E}, @code{G}, @code{I}, @code{M},
1885@code{MEX}, @code{MC}, @code{MD}, @code{X}.
1886
1887@item other @code{OPT} options
1888
1889The following m68k @code{OPT} options are ignored: @code{NEST}, @code{O},
1890@code{OLD}, @code{OP}, @code{P}, @code{PCO}, @code{PCR}, @code{PCS}, @code{R}.
1891
1892@item @code{OPT} @code{D} option is default
1893
1894The m68k @code{OPT} @code{D} option is the default, unlike the MRI assembler.
1895@code{OPT NOD} may be used to turn it off.
1896
1897@item @code{XREF} pseudo-op.
1898
1899The m68k @code{XREF} pseudo-op is ignored.
1900
1901@item @code{.debug} pseudo-op
1902
1903The i960 @code{.debug} pseudo-op is not supported.
1904
1905@item @code{.extended} pseudo-op
1906
1907The i960 @code{.extended} pseudo-op is not supported.
1908
1909@item @code{.list} pseudo-op.
1910
1911The various options of the i960 @code{.list} pseudo-op are not supported.
1912
1913@item @code{.optimize} pseudo-op
1914
1915The i960 @code{.optimize} pseudo-op is not supported.
1916
1917@item @code{.output} pseudo-op
1918
1919The i960 @code{.output} pseudo-op is not supported.
1920
1921@item @code{.setreal} pseudo-op
1922
1923The i960 @code{.setreal} pseudo-op is not supported.
1924
1925@end itemize
1926
1927@node MD
c1253627 1928@section Dependency Tracking: @option{--MD}
252b5132
RH
1929
1930@kindex --MD
1931@cindex dependency tracking
1932@cindex make rules
1933
a4fb0134 1934@command{@value{AS}} can generate a dependency file for the file it creates. This
252b5132
RH
1935file consists of a single rule suitable for @code{make} describing the
1936dependencies of the main source file.
1937
1938The rule is written to the file named in its argument.
1939
1940This feature is used in the automatic updating of makefiles.
1941
1942@node o
a4fb0134 1943@section Name the Object File: @option{-o}
252b5132
RH
1944
1945@kindex -o
1946@cindex naming object file
1947@cindex object file name
a4fb0134 1948There is always one object file output when you run @command{@value{AS}}. By
252b5132
RH
1949default it has the name
1950@ifset GENERIC
1951@ifset I960
1952@file{a.out} (or @file{b.out}, for Intel 960 targets only).
1953@end ifset
1954@ifclear I960
1955@file{a.out}.
1956@end ifclear
1957@end ifset
1958@ifclear GENERIC
1959@ifset I960
1960@file{b.out}.
1961@end ifset
1962@ifclear I960
1963@file{a.out}.
1964@end ifclear
1965@end ifclear
1966You use this option (which takes exactly one filename) to give the
1967object file a different name.
1968
a4fb0134 1969Whatever the object file is called, @command{@value{AS}} overwrites any
252b5132
RH
1970existing file of the same name.
1971
1972@node R
a4fb0134 1973@section Join Data and Text Sections: @option{-R}
252b5132
RH
1974
1975@kindex -R
1976@cindex data and text sections, joining
1977@cindex text and data sections, joining
1978@cindex joining text and data sections
1979@cindex merging text and data sections
a4fb0134 1980@option{-R} tells @command{@value{AS}} to write the object file as if all
252b5132
RH
1981data-section data lives in the text section. This is only done at
1982the very last moment: your binary data are the same, but data
1983section parts are relocated differently. The data section part of
1984your object file is zero bytes long because all its bytes are
1985appended to the text section. (@xref{Sections,,Sections and Relocation}.)
1986
a4fb0134 1987When you specify @option{-R} it would be possible to generate shorter
252b5132
RH
1988address displacements (because we do not have to cross between text and
1989data section). We refrain from doing this simply for compatibility with
a4fb0134 1990older versions of @command{@value{AS}}. In future, @option{-R} may work this way.
252b5132 1991
c1253627
NC
1992@ifset COFF-ELF
1993When @command{@value{AS}} is configured for COFF or ELF output,
252b5132
RH
1994this option is only useful if you use sections named @samp{.text} and
1995@samp{.data}.
1996@end ifset
1997
1998@ifset HPPA
a4fb0134
SC
1999@option{-R} is not supported for any of the HPPA targets. Using
2000@option{-R} generates a warning from @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2001@end ifset
2002
2003@node statistics
a4fb0134 2004@section Display Assembly Statistics: @option{--statistics}
252b5132
RH
2005
2006@kindex --statistics
2007@cindex statistics, about assembly
2008@cindex time, total for assembly
2009@cindex space used, maximum for assembly
2010Use @samp{--statistics} to display two statistics about the resources used by
a4fb0134 2011@command{@value{AS}}: the maximum amount of space allocated during the assembly
252b5132
RH
2012(in bytes), and the total execution time taken for the assembly (in @sc{cpu}
2013seconds).
2014
2015@node traditional-format
c1253627 2016@section Compatible Output: @option{--traditional-format}
252b5132
RH
2017
2018@kindex --traditional-format
a4fb0134 2019For some targets, the output of @command{@value{AS}} is different in some ways
252b5132 2020from the output of some existing assembler. This switch requests
a4fb0134 2021@command{@value{AS}} to use the traditional format instead.
252b5132
RH
2022
2023For example, it disables the exception frame optimizations which
a4fb0134 2024@command{@value{AS}} normally does by default on @code{@value{GCC}} output.
252b5132
RH
2025
2026@node v
a4fb0134 2027@section Announce Version: @option{-v}
252b5132
RH
2028
2029@kindex -v
2030@kindex -version
2031@cindex assembler version
2032@cindex version of assembler
2033You can find out what version of as is running by including the
2034option @samp{-v} (which you can also spell as @samp{-version}) on the
2035command line.
2036
2037@node W
a4fb0134 2038@section Control Warnings: @option{-W}, @option{--warn}, @option{--no-warn}, @option{--fatal-warnings}
252b5132 2039
a4fb0134 2040@command{@value{AS}} should never give a warning or error message when
252b5132 2041assembling compiler output. But programs written by people often
a4fb0134 2042cause @command{@value{AS}} to give a warning that a particular assumption was
252b5132 2043made. All such warnings are directed to the standard error file.
2bdd6cf5 2044
c1253627
NC
2045@kindex -W
2046@kindex --no-warn
2bdd6cf5
GK
2047@cindex suppressing warnings
2048@cindex warnings, suppressing
a4fb0134 2049If you use the @option{-W} and @option{--no-warn} options, no warnings are issued.
2bdd6cf5 2050This only affects the warning messages: it does not change any particular of
a4fb0134 2051how @command{@value{AS}} assembles your file. Errors, which stop the assembly,
2bdd6cf5
GK
2052are still reported.
2053
c1253627 2054@kindex --fatal-warnings
2bdd6cf5
GK
2055@cindex errors, caused by warnings
2056@cindex warnings, causing error
a4fb0134 2057If you use the @option{--fatal-warnings} option, @command{@value{AS}} considers
2bdd6cf5
GK
2058files that generate warnings to be in error.
2059
c1253627 2060@kindex --warn
2bdd6cf5 2061@cindex warnings, switching on
a4fb0134 2062You can switch these options off again by specifying @option{--warn}, which
2bdd6cf5 2063causes warnings to be output as usual.
252b5132
RH
2064
2065@node Z
a4fb0134 2066@section Generate Object File in Spite of Errors: @option{-Z}
252b5132
RH
2067@cindex object file, after errors
2068@cindex errors, continuing after
a4fb0134 2069After an error message, @command{@value{AS}} normally produces no output. If for
252b5132 2070some reason you are interested in object file output even after
a4fb0134
SC
2071@command{@value{AS}} gives an error message on your program, use the @samp{-Z}
2072option. If there are any errors, @command{@value{AS}} continues anyways, and
252b5132
RH
2073writes an object file after a final warning message of the form @samp{@var{n}
2074errors, @var{m} warnings, generating bad object file.}
2075
2076@node Syntax
2077@chapter Syntax
2078
2079@cindex machine-independent syntax
2080@cindex syntax, machine-independent
2081This chapter describes the machine-independent syntax allowed in a
a4fb0134 2082source file. @command{@value{AS}} syntax is similar to what many other
252b5132
RH
2083assemblers use; it is inspired by the BSD 4.2
2084@ifclear VAX
2085assembler.
2086@end ifclear
2087@ifset VAX
a4fb0134 2088assembler, except that @command{@value{AS}} does not assemble Vax bit-fields.
252b5132
RH
2089@end ifset
2090
2091@menu
2092* Preprocessing:: Preprocessing
2093* Whitespace:: Whitespace
2094* Comments:: Comments
2095* Symbol Intro:: Symbols
2096* Statements:: Statements
2097* Constants:: Constants
2098@end menu
2099
2100@node Preprocessing
2101@section Preprocessing
2102
2103@cindex preprocessing
a4fb0134 2104The @command{@value{AS}} internal preprocessor:
252b5132
RH
2105@itemize @bullet
2106@cindex whitespace, removed by preprocessor
2107@item
2108adjusts and removes extra whitespace. It leaves one space or tab before
2109the keywords on a line, and turns any other whitespace on the line into
2110a single space.
2111
2112@cindex comments, removed by preprocessor
2113@item
2114removes all comments, replacing them with a single space, or an
2115appropriate number of newlines.
2116
2117@cindex constants, converted by preprocessor
2118@item
2119converts character constants into the appropriate numeric values.
2120@end itemize
2121
2122It does not do macro processing, include file handling, or
2123anything else you may get from your C compiler's preprocessor. You can
2124do include file processing with the @code{.include} directive
2125(@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}). You can use the @sc{gnu} C compiler driver
c1253627 2126to get other ``CPP'' style preprocessing by giving the input file a
96e9638b 2127@samp{.S} suffix. @xref{Overall Options, ,Options Controlling the Kind of
252b5132
RH
2128Output, gcc.info, Using GNU CC}.
2129
2130Excess whitespace, comments, and character constants
2131cannot be used in the portions of the input text that are not
2132preprocessed.
2133
2134@cindex turning preprocessing on and off
2135@cindex preprocessing, turning on and off
2136@kindex #NO_APP
2137@kindex #APP
2138If the first line of an input file is @code{#NO_APP} or if you use the
2139@samp{-f} option, whitespace and comments are not removed from the input file.
2140Within an input file, you can ask for whitespace and comment removal in
2141specific portions of the by putting a line that says @code{#APP} before the
2142text that may contain whitespace or comments, and putting a line that says
2143@code{#NO_APP} after this text. This feature is mainly intend to support
2144@code{asm} statements in compilers whose output is otherwise free of comments
2145and whitespace.
2146
2147@node Whitespace
2148@section Whitespace
2149
2150@cindex whitespace
2151@dfn{Whitespace} is one or more blanks or tabs, in any order.
2152Whitespace is used to separate symbols, and to make programs neater for
2153people to read. Unless within character constants
2154(@pxref{Characters,,Character Constants}), any whitespace means the same
2155as exactly one space.
2156
2157@node Comments
2158@section Comments
2159
2160@cindex comments
a4fb0134 2161There are two ways of rendering comments to @command{@value{AS}}. In both
252b5132
RH
2162cases the comment is equivalent to one space.
2163
2164Anything from @samp{/*} through the next @samp{*/} is a comment.
2165This means you may not nest these comments.
2166
2167@smallexample
2168/*
2169 The only way to include a newline ('\n') in a comment
2170 is to use this sort of comment.
2171*/
2172
2173/* This sort of comment does not nest. */
2174@end smallexample
2175
2176@cindex line comment character
2177Anything from the @dfn{line comment} character to the next newline
2178is considered a comment and is ignored. The line comment character is
252b5132
RH
2179@ifset ARC
2180@samp{;} on the ARC;
2181@end ifset
550262c4
NC
2182@ifset ARM
2183@samp{@@} on the ARM;
2184@end ifset
252b5132
RH
2185@ifset H8/300
2186@samp{;} for the H8/300 family;
2187@end ifset
252b5132
RH
2188@ifset HPPA
2189@samp{;} for the HPPA;
2190@end ifset
55b62671
AJ
2191@ifset I80386
2192@samp{#} on the i386 and x86-64;
2193@end ifset
252b5132
RH
2194@ifset I960
2195@samp{#} on the i960;
2196@end ifset
e135f41b
NC
2197@ifset PDP11
2198@samp{;} for the PDP-11;
2199@end ifset
041dd5a9
ILT
2200@ifset PJ
2201@samp{;} for picoJava;
2202@end ifset
418c1742 2203@ifset PPC
3fb9d77f 2204@samp{#} for Motorola PowerPC;
418c1742 2205@end ifset
252b5132 2206@ifset SH
ef230218 2207@samp{!} for the Renesas / SuperH SH;
252b5132
RH
2208@end ifset
2209@ifset SPARC
2210@samp{!} on the SPARC;
2211@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
2212@ifset IP2K
2213@samp{#} on the ip2k;
2214@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
2215@ifset M32C
2216@samp{#} on the m32c;
2217@end ifset
252b5132
RH
2218@ifset M32R
2219@samp{#} on the m32r;
2220@end ifset
2221@ifset M680X0
2222@samp{|} on the 680x0;
2223@end ifset
60bcf0fa
NC
2224@ifset M68HC11
2225@samp{#} on the 68HC11 and 68HC12;
2226@end ifset
252b5132
RH
2227@ifset VAX
2228@samp{#} on the Vax;
2229@end ifset
3c9b82ba
NC
2230@ifset Z80
2231@samp{;} for the Z80;
2232@end ifset
252b5132
RH
2233@ifset Z8000
2234@samp{!} for the Z8000;
2235@end ifset
2236@ifset V850
2237@samp{#} on the V850;
2238@end ifset
e0001a05
NC
2239@ifset XTENSA
2240@samp{#} for Xtensa systems;
2241@end ifset
252b5132 2242see @ref{Machine Dependencies}. @refill
81b0b3f1 2243@c FIXME What about i860?
252b5132
RH
2244
2245@ifset GENERIC
2246On some machines there are two different line comment characters. One
2247character only begins a comment if it is the first non-whitespace character on
2248a line, while the other always begins a comment.
2249@end ifset
2250
2251@ifset V850
2252The V850 assembler also supports a double dash as starting a comment that
2253extends to the end of the line.
2254
2255@samp{--};
2256@end ifset
2257
2258@kindex #
2259@cindex lines starting with @code{#}
2260@cindex logical line numbers
2261To be compatible with past assemblers, lines that begin with @samp{#} have a
2262special interpretation. Following the @samp{#} should be an absolute
2263expression (@pxref{Expressions}): the logical line number of the @emph{next}
96e9638b 2264line. Then a string (@pxref{Strings, ,Strings}) is allowed: if present it is a
252b5132
RH
2265new logical file name. The rest of the line, if any, should be whitespace.
2266
2267If the first non-whitespace characters on the line are not numeric,
2268the line is ignored. (Just like a comment.)
2269
2270@smallexample
2271 # This is an ordinary comment.
2272# 42-6 "new_file_name" # New logical file name
2273 # This is logical line # 36.
2274@end smallexample
2275This feature is deprecated, and may disappear from future versions
a4fb0134 2276of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2277
2278@node Symbol Intro
2279@section Symbols
2280
2281@cindex characters used in symbols
2282@ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS
2283A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all
2284letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters
2285@samp{_.$}.
2286@end ifclear
2287@ifset SPECIAL-SYMS
2288@ifclear GENERIC
2289@ifset H8
2290A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all
2291letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters
2292@samp{._$}. (Save that, on the H8/300 only, you may not use @samp{$} in
2293symbol names.)
2294@end ifset
2295@end ifclear
2296@end ifset
2297@ifset GENERIC
2298On most machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions
2299are noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}.
2300@end ifset
2301No symbol may begin with a digit. Case is significant.
2302There is no length limit: all characters are significant. Symbols are
2303delimited by characters not in that set, or by the beginning of a file
2304(since the source program must end with a newline, the end of a file is
2305not a possible symbol delimiter). @xref{Symbols}.
2306@cindex length of symbols
2307
2308@node Statements
2309@section Statements
2310
2311@cindex statements, structure of
2312@cindex line separator character
2313@cindex statement separator character
2314@ifclear GENERIC
2315@ifclear abnormal-separator
2316A @dfn{statement} ends at a newline character (@samp{\n}) or at a
2317semicolon (@samp{;}). The newline or semicolon is considered part of
2318the preceding statement. Newlines and semicolons within character
2319constants are an exception: they do not end statements.
2320@end ifclear
2321@ifset abnormal-separator
252b5132
RH
2322@ifset HPPA
2323A @dfn{statement} ends at a newline character (@samp{\n}) or an exclamation
2324point (@samp{!}). The newline or exclamation point is considered part of the
2325preceding statement. Newlines and exclamation points within character
2326constants are an exception: they do not end statements.
2327@end ifset
2328@ifset H8
2329A @dfn{statement} ends at a newline character (@samp{\n}); or (for the
7be1c489 2330H8/300) a dollar sign (@samp{$}); or (for the Renesas-SH) a semicolon
252b5132
RH
2331(@samp{;}). The newline or separator character is considered part of
2332the preceding statement. Newlines and separators within character
2333constants are an exception: they do not end statements.
2334@end ifset
2335@end ifset
2336@end ifclear
2337@ifset GENERIC
2338A @dfn{statement} ends at a newline character (@samp{\n}) or line
96e9638b
BW
2339separator character. (The line separator is usually @samp{;}, unless this
2340conflicts with the comment character; see @ref{Machine Dependencies}.) The
252b5132
RH
2341newline or separator character is considered part of the preceding
2342statement. Newlines and separators within character constants are an
2343exception: they do not end statements.
2344@end ifset
2345
2346@cindex newline, required at file end
2347@cindex EOF, newline must precede
2348It is an error to end any statement with end-of-file: the last
2349character of any input file should be a newline.@refill
2350
2351An empty statement is allowed, and may include whitespace. It is ignored.
2352
2353@cindex instructions and directives
2354@cindex directives and instructions
2355@c "key symbol" is not used elsewhere in the document; seems pedantic to
2356@c @defn{} it in that case, as was done previously... doc@cygnus.com,
2357@c 13feb91.
2358A statement begins with zero or more labels, optionally followed by a
2359key symbol which determines what kind of statement it is. The key
2360symbol determines the syntax of the rest of the statement. If the
2361symbol begins with a dot @samp{.} then the statement is an assembler
2362directive: typically valid for any computer. If the symbol begins with
2363a letter the statement is an assembly language @dfn{instruction}: it
2364assembles into a machine language instruction.
2365@ifset GENERIC
a4fb0134 2366Different versions of @command{@value{AS}} for different computers
252b5132
RH
2367recognize different instructions. In fact, the same symbol may
2368represent a different instruction in a different computer's assembly
2369language.@refill
2370@end ifset
2371
2372@cindex @code{:} (label)
2373@cindex label (@code{:})
2374A label is a symbol immediately followed by a colon (@code{:}).
2375Whitespace before a label or after a colon is permitted, but you may not
2376have whitespace between a label's symbol and its colon. @xref{Labels}.
2377
2378@ifset HPPA
2379For HPPA targets, labels need not be immediately followed by a colon, but
2380the definition of a label must begin in column zero. This also implies that
2381only one label may be defined on each line.
2382@end ifset
2383
2384@smallexample
2385label: .directive followed by something
2386another_label: # This is an empty statement.
2387 instruction operand_1, operand_2, @dots{}
2388@end smallexample
2389
2390@node Constants
2391@section Constants
2392
2393@cindex constants
2394A constant is a number, written so that its value is known by
2395inspection, without knowing any context. Like this:
2396@smallexample
2397@group
2398.byte 74, 0112, 092, 0x4A, 0X4a, 'J, '\J # All the same value.
2399.ascii "Ring the bell\7" # A string constant.
2400.octa 0x123456789abcdef0123456789ABCDEF0 # A bignum.
2401.float 0f-314159265358979323846264338327\
240295028841971.693993751E-40 # - pi, a flonum.
2403@end group
2404@end smallexample
2405
2406@menu
2407* Characters:: Character Constants
2408* Numbers:: Number Constants
2409@end menu
2410
2411@node Characters
2412@subsection Character Constants
2413
2414@cindex character constants
2415@cindex constants, character
2416There are two kinds of character constants. A @dfn{character} stands
2417for one character in one byte and its value may be used in
2418numeric expressions. String constants (properly called string
2419@emph{literals}) are potentially many bytes and their values may not be
2420used in arithmetic expressions.
2421
2422@menu
2423* Strings:: Strings
2424* Chars:: Characters
2425@end menu
2426
2427@node Strings
2428@subsubsection Strings
2429
2430@cindex string constants
2431@cindex constants, string
2432A @dfn{string} is written between double-quotes. It may contain
2433double-quotes or null characters. The way to get special characters
2434into a string is to @dfn{escape} these characters: precede them with
2435a backslash @samp{\} character. For example @samp{\\} represents
2436one backslash: the first @code{\} is an escape which tells
a4fb0134
SC
2437@command{@value{AS}} to interpret the second character literally as a backslash
2438(which prevents @command{@value{AS}} from recognizing the second @code{\} as an
252b5132
RH
2439escape character). The complete list of escapes follows.
2440
2441@cindex escape codes, character
2442@cindex character escape codes
2443@table @kbd
2444@c @item \a
2445@c Mnemonic for ACKnowledge; for ASCII this is octal code 007.
2446@c
2447@cindex @code{\b} (backspace character)
2448@cindex backspace (@code{\b})
2449@item \b
2450Mnemonic for backspace; for ASCII this is octal code 010.
2451
2452@c @item \e
2453@c Mnemonic for EOText; for ASCII this is octal code 004.
2454@c
2455@cindex @code{\f} (formfeed character)
2456@cindex formfeed (@code{\f})
2457@item \f
2458Mnemonic for FormFeed; for ASCII this is octal code 014.
2459
2460@cindex @code{\n} (newline character)
2461@cindex newline (@code{\n})
2462@item \n
2463Mnemonic for newline; for ASCII this is octal code 012.
2464
2465@c @item \p
2466@c Mnemonic for prefix; for ASCII this is octal code 033, usually known as @code{escape}.
2467@c
2468@cindex @code{\r} (carriage return character)
2469@cindex carriage return (@code{\r})
2470@item \r
2471Mnemonic for carriage-Return; for ASCII this is octal code 015.
2472
2473@c @item \s
2474@c Mnemonic for space; for ASCII this is octal code 040. Included for compliance with
2475@c other assemblers.
2476@c
2477@cindex @code{\t} (tab)
2478@cindex tab (@code{\t})
2479@item \t
2480Mnemonic for horizontal Tab; for ASCII this is octal code 011.
2481
2482@c @item \v
2483@c Mnemonic for Vertical tab; for ASCII this is octal code 013.
2484@c @item \x @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit}
2485@c A hexadecimal character code. The numeric code is 3 hexadecimal digits.
2486@c
2487@cindex @code{\@var{ddd}} (octal character code)
2488@cindex octal character code (@code{\@var{ddd}})
2489@item \ @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit}
2490An octal character code. The numeric code is 3 octal digits.
2491For compatibility with other Unix systems, 8 and 9 are accepted as digits:
2492for example, @code{\008} has the value 010, and @code{\009} the value 011.
2493
2494@cindex @code{\@var{xd...}} (hex character code)
2495@cindex hex character code (@code{\@var{xd...}})
2496@item \@code{x} @var{hex-digits...}
2497A hex character code. All trailing hex digits are combined. Either upper or
2498lower case @code{x} works.
2499
2500@cindex @code{\\} (@samp{\} character)
2501@cindex backslash (@code{\\})
2502@item \\
2503Represents one @samp{\} character.
2504
2505@c @item \'
2506@c Represents one @samp{'} (accent acute) character.
2507@c This is needed in single character literals
2508@c (@xref{Characters,,Character Constants}.) to represent
2509@c a @samp{'}.
2510@c
2511@cindex @code{\"} (doublequote character)
2512@cindex doublequote (@code{\"})
2513@item \"
2514Represents one @samp{"} character. Needed in strings to represent
2515this character, because an unescaped @samp{"} would end the string.
2516
2517@item \ @var{anything-else}
2518Any other character when escaped by @kbd{\} gives a warning, but
2519assembles as if the @samp{\} was not present. The idea is that if
2520you used an escape sequence you clearly didn't want the literal
a4fb0134
SC
2521interpretation of the following character. However @command{@value{AS}} has no
2522other interpretation, so @command{@value{AS}} knows it is giving you the wrong
252b5132
RH
2523code and warns you of the fact.
2524@end table
2525
2526Which characters are escapable, and what those escapes represent,
2527varies widely among assemblers. The current set is what we think
2528the BSD 4.2 assembler recognizes, and is a subset of what most C
2529compilers recognize. If you are in doubt, do not use an escape
2530sequence.
2531
2532@node Chars
2533@subsubsection Characters
2534
2535@cindex single character constant
2536@cindex character, single
2537@cindex constant, single character
2538A single character may be written as a single quote immediately
2539followed by that character. The same escapes apply to characters as
2540to strings. So if you want to write the character backslash, you
2541must write @kbd{'\\} where the first @code{\} escapes the second
2542@code{\}. As you can see, the quote is an acute accent, not a
2543grave accent. A newline
2544@ifclear GENERIC
2545@ifclear abnormal-separator
2546(or semicolon @samp{;})
2547@end ifclear
2548@ifset abnormal-separator
252b5132
RH
2549@ifset H8
2550(or dollar sign @samp{$}, for the H8/300; or semicolon @samp{;} for the
7be1c489 2551Renesas SH)
252b5132
RH
2552@end ifset
2553@end ifset
2554@end ifclear
2555immediately following an acute accent is taken as a literal character
2556and does not count as the end of a statement. The value of a character
2557constant in a numeric expression is the machine's byte-wide code for
a4fb0134 2558that character. @command{@value{AS}} assumes your character code is ASCII:
252b5132
RH
2559@kbd{'A} means 65, @kbd{'B} means 66, and so on. @refill
2560
2561@node Numbers
2562@subsection Number Constants
2563
2564@cindex constants, number
2565@cindex number constants
a4fb0134 2566@command{@value{AS}} distinguishes three kinds of numbers according to how they
252b5132
RH
2567are stored in the target machine. @emph{Integers} are numbers that
2568would fit into an @code{int} in the C language. @emph{Bignums} are
2569integers, but they are stored in more than 32 bits. @emph{Flonums}
2570are floating point numbers, described below.
2571
2572@menu
2573* Integers:: Integers
2574* Bignums:: Bignums
2575* Flonums:: Flonums
2576@ifclear GENERIC
2577@ifset I960
2578* Bit Fields:: Bit Fields
2579@end ifset
2580@end ifclear
2581@end menu
2582
2583@node Integers
2584@subsubsection Integers
2585@cindex integers
2586@cindex constants, integer
2587
2588@cindex binary integers
2589@cindex integers, binary
2590A binary integer is @samp{0b} or @samp{0B} followed by zero or more of
2591the binary digits @samp{01}.
2592
2593@cindex octal integers
2594@cindex integers, octal
2595An octal integer is @samp{0} followed by zero or more of the octal
2596digits (@samp{01234567}).
2597
2598@cindex decimal integers
2599@cindex integers, decimal
2600A decimal integer starts with a non-zero digit followed by zero or
2601more digits (@samp{0123456789}).
2602
2603@cindex hexadecimal integers
2604@cindex integers, hexadecimal
2605A hexadecimal integer is @samp{0x} or @samp{0X} followed by one or
2606more hexadecimal digits chosen from @samp{0123456789abcdefABCDEF}.
2607
2608Integers have the usual values. To denote a negative integer, use
2609the prefix operator @samp{-} discussed under expressions
2610(@pxref{Prefix Ops,,Prefix Operators}).
2611
2612@node Bignums
2613@subsubsection Bignums
2614
2615@cindex bignums
2616@cindex constants, bignum
2617A @dfn{bignum} has the same syntax and semantics as an integer
2618except that the number (or its negative) takes more than 32 bits to
2619represent in binary. The distinction is made because in some places
2620integers are permitted while bignums are not.
2621
2622@node Flonums
2623@subsubsection Flonums
2624@cindex flonums
2625@cindex floating point numbers
2626@cindex constants, floating point
2627
2628@cindex precision, floating point
2629A @dfn{flonum} represents a floating point number. The translation is
2630indirect: a decimal floating point number from the text is converted by
a4fb0134 2631@command{@value{AS}} to a generic binary floating point number of more than
252b5132
RH
2632sufficient precision. This generic floating point number is converted
2633to a particular computer's floating point format (or formats) by a
a4fb0134 2634portion of @command{@value{AS}} specialized to that computer.
252b5132
RH
2635
2636A flonum is written by writing (in order)
2637@itemize @bullet
2638@item
2639The digit @samp{0}.
2640@ifset HPPA
2641(@samp{0} is optional on the HPPA.)
2642@end ifset
2643
2644@item
a4fb0134 2645A letter, to tell @command{@value{AS}} the rest of the number is a flonum.
252b5132
RH
2646@ifset GENERIC
2647@kbd{e} is recommended. Case is not important.
2648@ignore
2649@c FIXME: verify if flonum syntax really this vague for most cases
2650(Any otherwise illegal letter works here, but that might be changed. Vax BSD
26514.2 assembler seems to allow any of @samp{defghDEFGH}.)
2652@end ignore
2653
7be1c489 2654On the H8/300, Renesas / SuperH SH,
252b5132
RH
2655and AMD 29K architectures, the letter must be
2656one of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
2657
2658On the ARC, the letter must be one of the letters @samp{DFRS}
2659(in upper or lower case).
2660
2661On the Intel 960 architecture, the letter must be
2662one of the letters @samp{DFT} (in upper or lower case).
2663
2664On the HPPA architecture, the letter must be @samp{E} (upper case only).
2665@end ifset
2666@ifclear GENERIC
252b5132
RH
2667@ifset ARC
2668One of the letters @samp{DFRS} (in upper or lower case).
2669@end ifset
2670@ifset H8
2671One of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
2672@end ifset
2673@ifset HPPA
2674The letter @samp{E} (upper case only).
2675@end ifset
2676@ifset I960
2677One of the letters @samp{DFT} (in upper or lower case).
2678@end ifset
2679@end ifclear
2680
2681@item
2682An optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}.
2683
2684@item
2685An optional @dfn{integer part}: zero or more decimal digits.
2686
2687@item
2688An optional @dfn{fractional part}: @samp{.} followed by zero
2689or more decimal digits.
2690
2691@item
2692An optional exponent, consisting of:
2693
2694@itemize @bullet
2695@item
2696An @samp{E} or @samp{e}.
2697@c I can't find a config where "EXP_CHARS" is other than 'eE', but in
2698@c principle this can perfectly well be different on different targets.
2699@item
2700Optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}.
2701@item
2702One or more decimal digits.
2703@end itemize
2704
2705@end itemize
2706
2707At least one of the integer part or the fractional part must be
2708present. The floating point number has the usual base-10 value.
2709
a4fb0134 2710@command{@value{AS}} does all processing using integers. Flonums are computed
252b5132 2711independently of any floating point hardware in the computer running
a4fb0134 2712@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2713
2714@ifclear GENERIC
2715@ifset I960
2716@c Bit fields are written as a general facility but are also controlled
2717@c by a conditional-compilation flag---which is as of now (21mar91)
2718@c turned on only by the i960 config of GAS.
2719@node Bit Fields
2720@subsubsection Bit Fields
2721
2722@cindex bit fields
2723@cindex constants, bit field
2724You can also define numeric constants as @dfn{bit fields}.
b45619c0 2725Specify two numbers separated by a colon---
252b5132
RH
2726@example
2727@var{mask}:@var{value}
2728@end example
2729@noindent
a4fb0134 2730@command{@value{AS}} applies a bitwise @sc{and} between @var{mask} and
252b5132
RH
2731@var{value}.
2732
2733The resulting number is then packed
2734@ifset GENERIC
2735@c this conditional paren in case bit fields turned on elsewhere than 960
2736(in host-dependent byte order)
2737@end ifset
2738into a field whose width depends on which assembler directive has the
2739bit-field as its argument. Overflow (a result from the bitwise and
2740requiring more binary digits to represent) is not an error; instead,
2741more constants are generated, of the specified width, beginning with the
2742least significant digits.@refill
2743
2744The directives @code{.byte}, @code{.hword}, @code{.int}, @code{.long},
2745@code{.short}, and @code{.word} accept bit-field arguments.
2746@end ifset
2747@end ifclear
2748
2749@node Sections
2750@chapter Sections and Relocation
2751@cindex sections
2752@cindex relocation
2753
2754@menu
2755* Secs Background:: Background
2756* Ld Sections:: Linker Sections
2757* As Sections:: Assembler Internal Sections
2758* Sub-Sections:: Sub-Sections
2759* bss:: bss Section
2760@end menu
2761
2762@node Secs Background
2763@section Background
2764
2765Roughly, a section is a range of addresses, with no gaps; all data
2766``in'' those addresses is treated the same for some particular purpose.
2767For example there may be a ``read only'' section.
2768
2769@cindex linker, and assembler
2770@cindex assembler, and linker
2771The linker @code{@value{LD}} reads many object files (partial programs) and
a4fb0134 2772combines their contents to form a runnable program. When @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
2773emits an object file, the partial program is assumed to start at address 0.
2774@code{@value{LD}} assigns the final addresses for the partial program, so that
2775different partial programs do not overlap. This is actually an
a4fb0134 2776oversimplification, but it suffices to explain how @command{@value{AS}} uses
252b5132
RH
2777sections.
2778
2779@code{@value{LD}} moves blocks of bytes of your program to their run-time
2780addresses. These blocks slide to their run-time addresses as rigid
2781units; their length does not change and neither does the order of bytes
2782within them. Such a rigid unit is called a @emph{section}. Assigning
2783run-time addresses to sections is called @dfn{relocation}. It includes
2784the task of adjusting mentions of object-file addresses so they refer to
2785the proper run-time addresses.
2786@ifset H8
7be1c489 2787For the H8/300, and for the Renesas / SuperH SH,
a4fb0134 2788@command{@value{AS}} pads sections if needed to
252b5132
RH
2789ensure they end on a word (sixteen bit) boundary.
2790@end ifset
2791
2792@cindex standard assembler sections
a4fb0134 2793An object file written by @command{@value{AS}} has at least three sections, any
252b5132
RH
2794of which may be empty. These are named @dfn{text}, @dfn{data} and
2795@dfn{bss} sections.
2796
c1253627 2797@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 2798@ifset GENERIC
c1253627 2799When it generates COFF or ELF output,
252b5132 2800@end ifset
a4fb0134 2801@command{@value{AS}} can also generate whatever other named sections you specify
252b5132
RH
2802using the @samp{.section} directive (@pxref{Section,,@code{.section}}).
2803If you do not use any directives that place output in the @samp{.text}
2804or @samp{.data} sections, these sections still exist, but are empty.
2805@end ifset
2806
2807@ifset HPPA
2808@ifset GENERIC
a4fb0134 2809When @command{@value{AS}} generates SOM or ELF output for the HPPA,
252b5132 2810@end ifset
a4fb0134 2811@command{@value{AS}} can also generate whatever other named sections you
252b5132
RH
2812specify using the @samp{.space} and @samp{.subspace} directives. See
2813@cite{HP9000 Series 800 Assembly Language Reference Manual}
2814(HP 92432-90001) for details on the @samp{.space} and @samp{.subspace}
2815assembler directives.
2816
2817@ifset SOM
a4fb0134 2818Additionally, @command{@value{AS}} uses different names for the standard
252b5132
RH
2819text, data, and bss sections when generating SOM output. Program text
2820is placed into the @samp{$CODE$} section, data into @samp{$DATA$}, and
2821BSS into @samp{$BSS$}.
2822@end ifset
2823@end ifset
2824
2825Within the object file, the text section starts at address @code{0}, the
2826data section follows, and the bss section follows the data section.
2827
2828@ifset HPPA
2829When generating either SOM or ELF output files on the HPPA, the text
2830section starts at address @code{0}, the data section at address
2831@code{0x4000000}, and the bss section follows the data section.
2832@end ifset
2833
2834To let @code{@value{LD}} know which data changes when the sections are
a4fb0134 2835relocated, and how to change that data, @command{@value{AS}} also writes to the
252b5132
RH
2836object file details of the relocation needed. To perform relocation
2837@code{@value{LD}} must know, each time an address in the object
2838file is mentioned:
2839@itemize @bullet
2840@item
2841Where in the object file is the beginning of this reference to
2842an address?
2843@item
2844How long (in bytes) is this reference?
2845@item
2846Which section does the address refer to? What is the numeric value of
2847@display
2848(@var{address}) @minus{} (@var{start-address of section})?
2849@end display
2850@item
2851Is the reference to an address ``Program-Counter relative''?
2852@end itemize
2853
2854@cindex addresses, format of
2855@cindex section-relative addressing
a4fb0134 2856In fact, every address @command{@value{AS}} ever uses is expressed as
252b5132
RH
2857@display
2858(@var{section}) + (@var{offset into section})
2859@end display
2860@noindent
a4fb0134 2861Further, most expressions @command{@value{AS}} computes have this section-relative
252b5132
RH
2862nature.
2863@ifset SOM
2864(For some object formats, such as SOM for the HPPA, some expressions are
2865symbol-relative instead.)
2866@end ifset
2867
2868In this manual we use the notation @{@var{secname} @var{N}@} to mean ``offset
2869@var{N} into section @var{secname}.''
2870
2871Apart from text, data and bss sections you need to know about the
2872@dfn{absolute} section. When @code{@value{LD}} mixes partial programs,
2873addresses in the absolute section remain unchanged. For example, address
2874@code{@{absolute 0@}} is ``relocated'' to run-time address 0 by
2875@code{@value{LD}}. Although the linker never arranges two partial programs'
2876data sections with overlapping addresses after linking, @emph{by definition}
2877their absolute sections must overlap. Address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in one
2878part of a program is always the same address when the program is running as
2879address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in any other part of the program.
2880
2881The idea of sections is extended to the @dfn{undefined} section. Any
2882address whose section is unknown at assembly time is by definition
2883rendered @{undefined @var{U}@}---where @var{U} is filled in later.
2884Since numbers are always defined, the only way to generate an undefined
2885address is to mention an undefined symbol. A reference to a named
2886common block would be such a symbol: its value is unknown at assembly
2887time so it has section @emph{undefined}.
2888
2889By analogy the word @emph{section} is used to describe groups of sections in
2890the linked program. @code{@value{LD}} puts all partial programs' text
2891sections in contiguous addresses in the linked program. It is
2892customary to refer to the @emph{text section} of a program, meaning all
2893the addresses of all partial programs' text sections. Likewise for
2894data and bss sections.
2895
2896Some sections are manipulated by @code{@value{LD}}; others are invented for
a4fb0134 2897use of @command{@value{AS}} and have no meaning except during assembly.
252b5132
RH
2898
2899@node Ld Sections
2900@section Linker Sections
2901@code{@value{LD}} deals with just four kinds of sections, summarized below.
2902
2903@table @strong
2904
c1253627 2905@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
2906@cindex named sections
2907@cindex sections, named
2908@item named sections
2909@end ifset
2910@ifset aout-bout
2911@cindex text section
2912@cindex data section
2913@itemx text section
2914@itemx data section
2915@end ifset
a4fb0134 2916These sections hold your program. @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} treat them as
252b5132 2917separate but equal sections. Anything you can say of one section is
c1253627
NC
2918true of another.
2919@c @ifset aout-bout
252b5132
RH
2920When the program is running, however, it is
2921customary for the text section to be unalterable. The
2922text section is often shared among processes: it contains
2923instructions, constants and the like. The data section of a running
2924program is usually alterable: for example, C variables would be stored
2925in the data section.
c1253627 2926@c @end ifset
252b5132
RH
2927
2928@cindex bss section
2929@item bss section
2930This section contains zeroed bytes when your program begins running. It
a349d9dd 2931is used to hold uninitialized variables or common storage. The length of
252b5132
RH
2932each partial program's bss section is important, but because it starts
2933out containing zeroed bytes there is no need to store explicit zero
2934bytes in the object file. The bss section was invented to eliminate
2935those explicit zeros from object files.
2936
2937@cindex absolute section
2938@item absolute section
2939Address 0 of this section is always ``relocated'' to runtime address 0.
2940This is useful if you want to refer to an address that @code{@value{LD}} must
2941not change when relocating. In this sense we speak of absolute
2942addresses being ``unrelocatable'': they do not change during relocation.
2943
2944@cindex undefined section
2945@item undefined section
2946This ``section'' is a catch-all for address references to objects not in
2947the preceding sections.
2948@c FIXME: ref to some other doc on obj-file formats could go here.
2949@end table
2950
2951@cindex relocation example
2952An idealized example of three relocatable sections follows.
c1253627 2953@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
2954The example uses the traditional section names @samp{.text} and @samp{.data}.
2955@end ifset
2956Memory addresses are on the horizontal axis.
2957
2958@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
c1253627 2959@ifnottex
252b5132
RH
2960@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
2961@smallexample
2962 +-----+----+--+
2963partial program # 1: |ttttt|dddd|00|
2964 +-----+----+--+
2965
2966 text data bss
2967 seg. seg. seg.
2968
2969 +---+---+---+
2970partial program # 2: |TTT|DDD|000|
2971 +---+---+---+
2972
2973 +--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~
2974linked program: | |TTT|ttttt| |dddd|DDD|00000|
2975 +--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~
2976
2977 addresses: 0 @dots{}
2978@end smallexample
2979@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
c1253627 2980@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
2981@need 5000
2982@tex
c1253627 2983\bigskip
252b5132
RH
2984\line{\it Partial program \#1: \hfil}
2985\line{\ibox{2.5cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
2986\line{\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt ttttt}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 00}\hfil}
2987
2988\line{\it Partial program \#2: \hfil}
2989\line{\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{1.5cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
2990\line{\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt DDDD}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 000}\hfil}
2991
2992\line{\it linked program: \hfil}
2993\line{\ibox{.5cm}{}\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2.5cm}{}\ibox{.75cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1.5cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
2994\line{\boxit{.5cm}{}\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt
2995ttttt}\boxit{.75cm}{}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt
2996DDDD}\boxit{2cm}{\tt 00000}\ \dots\hfil}
2997
2998\line{\it addresses: \hfil}
2999\line{0\dots\hfil}
3000
3001@end tex
3002@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
3003
3004@node As Sections
3005@section Assembler Internal Sections
3006
3007@cindex internal assembler sections
3008@cindex sections in messages, internal
a4fb0134 3009These sections are meant only for the internal use of @command{@value{AS}}. They
252b5132 3010have no meaning at run-time. You do not really need to know about these
a4fb0134 3011sections for most purposes; but they can be mentioned in @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132 3012warning messages, so it might be helpful to have an idea of their
a4fb0134 3013meanings to @command{@value{AS}}. These sections are used to permit the
252b5132
RH
3014value of every expression in your assembly language program to be a
3015section-relative address.
3016
3017@table @b
3018@cindex assembler internal logic error
3019@item ASSEMBLER-INTERNAL-LOGIC-ERROR!
3020An internal assembler logic error has been found. This means there is a
3021bug in the assembler.
3022
3023@cindex expr (internal section)
3024@item expr section
3025The assembler stores complex expression internally as combinations of
3026symbols. When it needs to represent an expression as a symbol, it puts
3027it in the expr section.
3028@c FIXME item debug
3029@c FIXME item transfer[t] vector preload
3030@c FIXME item transfer[t] vector postload
3031@c FIXME item register
3032@end table
3033
3034@node Sub-Sections
3035@section Sub-Sections
3036
3037@cindex numbered subsections
3038@cindex grouping data
3039@ifset aout-bout
3040Assembled bytes
c1253627 3041@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3042conventionally
3043@end ifset
3044fall into two sections: text and data.
3045@end ifset
3046You may have separate groups of
3047@ifset GENERIC
3048data in named sections
3049@end ifset
3050@ifclear GENERIC
3051@ifclear aout-bout
3052data in named sections
3053@end ifclear
3054@ifset aout-bout
3055text or data
3056@end ifset
3057@end ifclear
3058that you want to end up near to each other in the object file, even though they
a4fb0134 3059are not contiguous in the assembler source. @command{@value{AS}} allows you to
252b5132
RH
3060use @dfn{subsections} for this purpose. Within each section, there can be
3061numbered subsections with values from 0 to 8192. Objects assembled into the
3062same subsection go into the object file together with other objects in the same
3063subsection. For example, a compiler might want to store constants in the text
3064section, but might not want to have them interspersed with the program being
3065assembled. In this case, the compiler could issue a @samp{.text 0} before each
3066section of code being output, and a @samp{.text 1} before each group of
3067constants being output.
3068
3069Subsections are optional. If you do not use subsections, everything
3070goes in subsection number zero.
3071
3072@ifset GENERIC
3073Each subsection is zero-padded up to a multiple of four bytes.
3074(Subsections may be padded a different amount on different flavors
a4fb0134 3075of @command{@value{AS}}.)
252b5132
RH
3076@end ifset
3077@ifclear GENERIC
3078@ifset H8
7be1c489 3079On the H8/300 platform, each subsection is zero-padded to a word
252b5132 3080boundary (two bytes).
c2dcd04e 3081The same is true on the Renesas SH.
252b5132
RH
3082@end ifset
3083@ifset I960
3084@c FIXME section padding (alignment)?
3085@c Rich Pixley says padding here depends on target obj code format; that
3086@c doesn't seem particularly useful to say without further elaboration,
3087@c so for now I say nothing about it. If this is a generic BFD issue,
3088@c these paragraphs might need to vanish from this manual, and be
3089@c discussed in BFD chapter of binutils (or some such).
3090@end ifset
252b5132
RH
3091@end ifclear
3092
3093Subsections appear in your object file in numeric order, lowest numbered
3094to highest. (All this to be compatible with other people's assemblers.)
3095The object file contains no representation of subsections; @code{@value{LD}} and
3096other programs that manipulate object files see no trace of them.
3097They just see all your text subsections as a text section, and all your
3098data subsections as a data section.
3099
3100To specify which subsection you want subsequent statements assembled
3101into, use a numeric argument to specify it, in a @samp{.text
3102@var{expression}} or a @samp{.data @var{expression}} statement.
ed9589d4 3103@ifset COFF
252b5132 3104@ifset GENERIC
ed9589d4 3105When generating COFF output, you
252b5132
RH
3106@end ifset
3107@ifclear GENERIC
3108You
3109@end ifclear
3110can also use an extra subsection
3111argument with arbitrary named sections: @samp{.section @var{name},
3112@var{expression}}.
3113@end ifset
ed9589d4
BW
3114@ifset ELF
3115@ifset GENERIC
3116When generating ELF output, you
3117@end ifset
3118@ifclear GENERIC
3119You
3120@end ifclear
3121can also use the @code{.subsection} directive (@pxref{SubSection})
3122to specify a subsection: @samp{.subsection @var{expression}}.
3123@end ifset
96e9638b
BW
3124@var{Expression} should be an absolute expression
3125(@pxref{Expressions}). If you just say @samp{.text} then @samp{.text 0}
252b5132
RH
3126is assumed. Likewise @samp{.data} means @samp{.data 0}. Assembly
3127begins in @code{text 0}. For instance:
3128@smallexample
3129.text 0 # The default subsection is text 0 anyway.
3130.ascii "This lives in the first text subsection. *"
3131.text 1
3132.ascii "But this lives in the second text subsection."
3133.data 0
3134.ascii "This lives in the data section,"
3135.ascii "in the first data subsection."
3136.text 0
3137.ascii "This lives in the first text section,"
3138.ascii "immediately following the asterisk (*)."
3139@end smallexample
3140
3141Each section has a @dfn{location counter} incremented by one for every byte
3142assembled into that section. Because subsections are merely a convenience
a4fb0134 3143restricted to @command{@value{AS}} there is no concept of a subsection location
252b5132
RH
3144counter. There is no way to directly manipulate a location counter---but the
3145@code{.align} directive changes it, and any label definition captures its
3146current value. The location counter of the section where statements are being
3147assembled is said to be the @dfn{active} location counter.
3148
3149@node bss
3150@section bss Section
3151
3152@cindex bss section
3153@cindex common variable storage
3154The bss section is used for local common variable storage.
3155You may allocate address space in the bss section, but you may
3156not dictate data to load into it before your program executes. When
3157your program starts running, all the contents of the bss
3158section are zeroed bytes.
3159
3160The @code{.lcomm} pseudo-op defines a symbol in the bss section; see
3161@ref{Lcomm,,@code{.lcomm}}.
3162
3163The @code{.comm} pseudo-op may be used to declare a common symbol, which is
96e9638b 3164another form of uninitialized symbol; see @ref{Comm,,@code{.comm}}.
252b5132
RH
3165
3166@ifset GENERIC
3167When assembling for a target which supports multiple sections, such as ELF or
3168COFF, you may switch into the @code{.bss} section and define symbols as usual;
3169see @ref{Section,,@code{.section}}. You may only assemble zero values into the
3170section. Typically the section will only contain symbol definitions and
3171@code{.skip} directives (@pxref{Skip,,@code{.skip}}).
3172@end ifset
3173
3174@node Symbols
3175@chapter Symbols
3176
3177@cindex symbols
3178Symbols are a central concept: the programmer uses symbols to name
3179things, the linker uses symbols to link, and the debugger uses symbols
3180to debug.
3181
3182@quotation
3183@cindex debuggers, and symbol order
a4fb0134 3184@emph{Warning:} @command{@value{AS}} does not place symbols in the object file in
252b5132
RH
3185the same order they were declared. This may break some debuggers.
3186@end quotation
3187
3188@menu
3189* Labels:: Labels
3190* Setting Symbols:: Giving Symbols Other Values
3191* Symbol Names:: Symbol Names
3192* Dot:: The Special Dot Symbol
3193* Symbol Attributes:: Symbol Attributes
3194@end menu
3195
3196@node Labels
3197@section Labels
3198
3199@cindex labels
3200A @dfn{label} is written as a symbol immediately followed by a colon
3201@samp{:}. The symbol then represents the current value of the
3202active location counter, and is, for example, a suitable instruction
3203operand. You are warned if you use the same symbol to represent two
3204different locations: the first definition overrides any other
3205definitions.
3206
3207@ifset HPPA
3208On the HPPA, the usual form for a label need not be immediately followed by a
3209colon, but instead must start in column zero. Only one label may be defined on
a4fb0134 3210a single line. To work around this, the HPPA version of @command{@value{AS}} also
252b5132
RH
3211provides a special directive @code{.label} for defining labels more flexibly.
3212@end ifset
3213
3214@node Setting Symbols
3215@section Giving Symbols Other Values
3216
3217@cindex assigning values to symbols
3218@cindex symbol values, assigning
3219A symbol can be given an arbitrary value by writing a symbol, followed
3220by an equals sign @samp{=}, followed by an expression
3221(@pxref{Expressions}). This is equivalent to using the @code{.set}
9497f5ac
NC
3222directive. @xref{Set,,@code{.set}}. In the same way, using a double
3223equals sign @samp{=}@samp{=} here represents an equivalent of the
3224@code{.eqv} directive. @xref{Eqv,,@code{.eqv}}.
252b5132
RH
3225
3226@node Symbol Names
3227@section Symbol Names
3228
3229@cindex symbol names
3230@cindex names, symbol
3231@ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS
3232Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}. On most
3233machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions are
3234noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}. That character may be followed by any
96e9638b
BW
3235string of digits, letters, dollar signs (unless otherwise noted for a
3236particular target machine), and underscores.
252b5132 3237@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
3238@ifset SPECIAL-SYMS
3239@ifset H8
3240Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}. On the
7be1c489 3241Renesas SH you can also use @code{$} in symbol names. That
c2dcd04e
NC
3242character may be followed by any string of digits, letters, dollar signs (save
3243on the H8/300), and underscores.
252b5132
RH
3244@end ifset
3245@end ifset
3246
3247Case of letters is significant: @code{foo} is a different symbol name
3248than @code{Foo}.
3249
3250Each symbol has exactly one name. Each name in an assembly language program
3251refers to exactly one symbol. You may use that symbol name any number of times
3252in a program.
3253
3254@subheading Local Symbol Names
3255
3256@cindex local symbol names
3257@cindex symbol names, local
ba83aca1
BW
3258A local symbol is any symbol beginning with certain local label prefixes.
3259By default, the local label prefix is @samp{.L} for ELF systems or
3260@samp{L} for traditional a.out systems, but each target may have its own
3261set of local label prefixes.
3262@ifset HPPA
3263On the HPPA local symbols begin with @samp{L$}.
3264@end ifset
3265
3266Local symbols are defined and used within the assembler, but they are
3267normally not saved in object files. Thus, they are not visible when debugging.
3268You may use the @samp{-L} option (@pxref{L, ,Include Local Symbols:
3269@option{-L}}) to retain the local symbols in the object files.
3270
3271@subheading Local Labels
3272
3273@cindex local labels
252b5132
RH
3274@cindex temporary symbol names
3275@cindex symbol names, temporary
ba83aca1 3276Local labels help compilers and programmers use names temporarily.
2d5aaba0
NC
3277They create symbols which are guaranteed to be unique over the entire scope of
3278the input source code and which can be referred to by a simple notation.
ba83aca1 3279To define a local label, write a label of the form @samp{@b{N}:} (where @b{N}
2d5aaba0 3280represents any positive integer). To refer to the most recent previous
ba83aca1 3281definition of that label write @samp{@b{N}b}, using the same number as when
2d5aaba0 3282you defined the label. To refer to the next definition of a local label, write
96e9638b 3283@samp{@b{N}f}---the @samp{b} stands for ``backwards'' and the @samp{f} stands
2d5aaba0
NC
3284for ``forwards''.
3285
3286There is no restriction on how you can use these labels, and you can reuse them
3287too. So that it is possible to repeatedly define the same local label (using
3288the same number @samp{@b{N}}), although you can only refer to the most recently
3289defined local label of that number (for a backwards reference) or the next
3290definition of a specific local label for a forward reference. It is also worth
3291noting that the first 10 local labels (@samp{@b{0:}}@dots{}@samp{@b{9:}}) are
3292implemented in a slightly more efficient manner than the others.
3293
3294Here is an example:
3295
3296@smallexample
32971: branch 1f
32982: branch 1b
32991: branch 2f
33002: branch 1b
3301@end smallexample
3302
3303Which is the equivalent of:
3304
3305@smallexample
3306label_1: branch label_3
3307label_2: branch label_1
3308label_3: branch label_4
3309label_4: branch label_3
3310@end smallexample
3311
ba83aca1 3312Local label names are only a notational device. They are immediately
2d5aaba0 3313transformed into more conventional symbol names before the assembler uses them.
96e9638b
BW
3314The symbol names are stored in the symbol table, appear in error messages, and
3315are optionally emitted to the object file. The names are constructed using
3316these parts:
252b5132
RH
3317
3318@table @code
ba83aca1
BW
3319@item @emph{local label prefix}
3320All local symbols begin with the system-specific local label prefix.
3321Normally both @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} forget symbols
3322that start with the local label prefix. These labels are
252b5132 3323used for symbols you are never intended to see. If you use the
a4fb0134 3324@samp{-L} option then @command{@value{AS}} retains these symbols in the
252b5132
RH
3325object file. If you also instruct @code{@value{LD}} to retain these symbols,
3326you may use them in debugging.
3327
2d5aaba0
NC
3328@item @var{number}
3329This is the number that was used in the local label definition. So if the
3330label is written @samp{55:} then the number is @samp{55}.
252b5132 3331
2d5aaba0
NC
3332@item @kbd{C-B}
3333This unusual character is included so you do not accidentally invent a symbol
3334of the same name. The character has ASCII value of @samp{\002} (control-B).
252b5132
RH
3335
3336@item @emph{ordinal number}
2d5aaba0
NC
3337This is a serial number to keep the labels distinct. The first definition of
3338@samp{0:} gets the number @samp{1}. The 15th definition of @samp{0:} gets the
3339number @samp{15}, and so on. Likewise the first definition of @samp{1:} gets
b45619c0 3340the number @samp{1} and its 15th definition gets @samp{15} as well.
252b5132
RH
3341@end table
3342
ba83aca1
BW
3343So for example, the first @code{1:} may be named @code{.L1@kbd{C-B}1}, and
3344the 44th @code{3:} may be named @code{.L3@kbd{C-B}44}.
2d5aaba0
NC
3345
3346@subheading Dollar Local Labels
3347@cindex dollar local symbols
3348
3349@code{@value{AS}} also supports an even more local form of local labels called
96e9638b
BW
3350dollar labels. These labels go out of scope (i.e., they become undefined) as
3351soon as a non-local label is defined. Thus they remain valid for only a small
2d5aaba0
NC
3352region of the input source code. Normal local labels, by contrast, remain in
3353scope for the entire file, or until they are redefined by another occurrence of
3354the same local label.
3355
3356Dollar labels are defined in exactly the same way as ordinary local labels,
3357except that instead of being terminated by a colon, they are terminated by a
96e9638b 3358dollar sign, e.g., @samp{@b{55$}}.
2d5aaba0
NC
3359
3360They can also be distinguished from ordinary local labels by their transformed
96e9638b
BW
3361names which use ASCII character @samp{\001} (control-A) as the magic character
3362to distinguish them from ordinary labels. For example, the fifth definition of
ba83aca1 3363@samp{6$} may be named @samp{.L6@kbd{C-A}5}.
252b5132
RH
3364
3365@node Dot
3366@section The Special Dot Symbol
3367
3368@cindex dot (symbol)
3369@cindex @code{.} (symbol)
3370@cindex current address
3371@cindex location counter
3372The special symbol @samp{.} refers to the current address that
a4fb0134 3373@command{@value{AS}} is assembling into. Thus, the expression @samp{melvin:
252b5132
RH
3374.long .} defines @code{melvin} to contain its own address.
3375Assigning a value to @code{.} is treated the same as a @code{.org}
3376directive. Thus, the expression @samp{.=.+4} is the same as saying
3377@ifclear no-space-dir
3378@samp{.space 4}.
3379@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
3380
3381@node Symbol Attributes
3382@section Symbol Attributes
3383
3384@cindex symbol attributes
3385@cindex attributes, symbol
3386Every symbol has, as well as its name, the attributes ``Value'' and
3387``Type''. Depending on output format, symbols can also have auxiliary
3388attributes.
3389@ifset INTERNALS
3390The detailed definitions are in @file{a.out.h}.
3391@end ifset
3392
a4fb0134 3393If you use a symbol without defining it, @command{@value{AS}} assumes zero for
252b5132
RH
3394all these attributes, and probably won't warn you. This makes the
3395symbol an externally defined symbol, which is generally what you
3396would want.
3397
3398@menu
3399* Symbol Value:: Value
3400* Symbol Type:: Type
3401@ifset aout-bout
3402@ifset GENERIC
3403* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3404@end ifset
3405@ifclear GENERIC
3406@ifclear BOUT
3407* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3408@end ifclear
3409@ifset BOUT
3410* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}, @code{b.out}
3411@end ifset
3412@end ifclear
3413@end ifset
3414@ifset COFF
3415* COFF Symbols:: Symbol Attributes for COFF
3416@end ifset
3417@ifset SOM
3418* SOM Symbols:: Symbol Attributes for SOM
3419@end ifset
3420@end menu
3421
3422@node Symbol Value
3423@subsection Value
3424
3425@cindex value of a symbol
3426@cindex symbol value
3427The value of a symbol is (usually) 32 bits. For a symbol which labels a
3428location in the text, data, bss or absolute sections the value is the
3429number of addresses from the start of that section to the label.
3430Naturally for text, data and bss sections the value of a symbol changes
3431as @code{@value{LD}} changes section base addresses during linking. Absolute
3432symbols' values do not change during linking: that is why they are
3433called absolute.
3434
3435The value of an undefined symbol is treated in a special way. If it is
34360 then the symbol is not defined in this assembler source file, and
3437@code{@value{LD}} tries to determine its value from other files linked into the
3438same program. You make this kind of symbol simply by mentioning a symbol
3439name without defining it. A non-zero value represents a @code{.comm}
3440common declaration. The value is how much common storage to reserve, in
3441bytes (addresses). The symbol refers to the first address of the
3442allocated storage.
3443
3444@node Symbol Type
3445@subsection Type
3446
3447@cindex type of a symbol
3448@cindex symbol type
3449The type attribute of a symbol contains relocation (section)
3450information, any flag settings indicating that a symbol is external, and
3451(optionally), other information for linkers and debuggers. The exact
3452format depends on the object-code output format in use.
3453
3454@ifset aout-bout
3455@ifclear GENERIC
3456@ifset BOUT
3457@c The following avoids a "widow" subsection title. @group would be
3458@c better if it were available outside examples.
3459@need 1000
3460@node a.out Symbols
3461@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}, @code{b.out}
3462
3463@cindex @code{b.out} symbol attributes
3464@cindex symbol attributes, @code{b.out}
a4fb0134 3465These symbol attributes appear only when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for
252b5132
RH
3466one of the Berkeley-descended object output formats---@code{a.out} or
3467@code{b.out}.
3468
3469@end ifset
3470@ifclear BOUT
3471@node a.out Symbols
3472@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3473
3474@cindex @code{a.out} symbol attributes
3475@cindex symbol attributes, @code{a.out}
3476
3477@end ifclear
3478@end ifclear
3479@ifset GENERIC
3480@node a.out Symbols
3481@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3482
3483@cindex @code{a.out} symbol attributes
3484@cindex symbol attributes, @code{a.out}
3485
3486@end ifset
3487@menu
3488* Symbol Desc:: Descriptor
3489* Symbol Other:: Other
3490@end menu
3491
3492@node Symbol Desc
3493@subsubsection Descriptor
3494
3495@cindex descriptor, of @code{a.out} symbol
3496This is an arbitrary 16-bit value. You may establish a symbol's
3497descriptor value by using a @code{.desc} statement
3498(@pxref{Desc,,@code{.desc}}). A descriptor value means nothing to
a4fb0134 3499@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
3500
3501@node Symbol Other
3502@subsubsection Other
3503
3504@cindex other attribute, of @code{a.out} symbol
a4fb0134 3505This is an arbitrary 8-bit value. It means nothing to @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
3506@end ifset
3507
3508@ifset COFF
3509@node COFF Symbols
3510@subsection Symbol Attributes for COFF
3511
3512@cindex COFF symbol attributes
3513@cindex symbol attributes, COFF
3514
3515The COFF format supports a multitude of auxiliary symbol attributes;
3516like the primary symbol attributes, they are set between @code{.def} and
3517@code{.endef} directives.
3518
3519@subsubsection Primary Attributes
3520
3521@cindex primary attributes, COFF symbols
3522The symbol name is set with @code{.def}; the value and type,
3523respectively, with @code{.val} and @code{.type}.
3524
3525@subsubsection Auxiliary Attributes
3526
3527@cindex auxiliary attributes, COFF symbols
a4fb0134 3528The @command{@value{AS}} directives @code{.dim}, @code{.line}, @code{.scl},
c87db184
CF
3529@code{.size}, @code{.tag}, and @code{.weak} can generate auxiliary symbol
3530table information for COFF.
252b5132
RH
3531@end ifset
3532
3533@ifset SOM
3534@node SOM Symbols
3535@subsection Symbol Attributes for SOM
3536
3537@cindex SOM symbol attributes
3538@cindex symbol attributes, SOM
3539
3540The SOM format for the HPPA supports a multitude of symbol attributes set with
3541the @code{.EXPORT} and @code{.IMPORT} directives.
3542
3543The attributes are described in @cite{HP9000 Series 800 Assembly
3544Language Reference Manual} (HP 92432-90001) under the @code{IMPORT} and
3545@code{EXPORT} assembler directive documentation.
3546@end ifset
3547
3548@node Expressions
3549@chapter Expressions
3550
3551@cindex expressions
3552@cindex addresses
3553@cindex numeric values
3554An @dfn{expression} specifies an address or numeric value.
3555Whitespace may precede and/or follow an expression.
3556
3557The result of an expression must be an absolute number, or else an offset into
3558a particular section. If an expression is not absolute, and there is not
a4fb0134 3559enough information when @command{@value{AS}} sees the expression to know its
252b5132
RH
3560section, a second pass over the source program might be necessary to interpret
3561the expression---but the second pass is currently not implemented.
a4fb0134 3562@command{@value{AS}} aborts with an error message in this situation.
252b5132
RH
3563
3564@menu
3565* Empty Exprs:: Empty Expressions
3566* Integer Exprs:: Integer Expressions
3567@end menu
3568
3569@node Empty Exprs
3570@section Empty Expressions
3571
3572@cindex empty expressions
3573@cindex expressions, empty
3574An empty expression has no value: it is just whitespace or null.
3575Wherever an absolute expression is required, you may omit the
a4fb0134 3576expression, and @command{@value{AS}} assumes a value of (absolute) 0. This
252b5132
RH
3577is compatible with other assemblers.
3578
3579@node Integer Exprs
3580@section Integer Expressions
3581
3582@cindex integer expressions
3583@cindex expressions, integer
3584An @dfn{integer expression} is one or more @emph{arguments} delimited
3585by @emph{operators}.
3586
3587@menu
3588* Arguments:: Arguments
3589* Operators:: Operators
3590* Prefix Ops:: Prefix Operators
3591* Infix Ops:: Infix Operators
3592@end menu
3593
3594@node Arguments
3595@subsection Arguments
3596
3597@cindex expression arguments
3598@cindex arguments in expressions
3599@cindex operands in expressions
3600@cindex arithmetic operands
3601@dfn{Arguments} are symbols, numbers or subexpressions. In other
3602contexts arguments are sometimes called ``arithmetic operands''. In
3603this manual, to avoid confusing them with the ``instruction operands'' of
3604the machine language, we use the term ``argument'' to refer to parts of
3605expressions only, reserving the word ``operand'' to refer only to machine
3606instruction operands.
3607
3608Symbols are evaluated to yield @{@var{section} @var{NNN}@} where
3609@var{section} is one of text, data, bss, absolute,
3610or undefined. @var{NNN} is a signed, 2's complement 32 bit
3611integer.
3612
3613Numbers are usually integers.
3614
3615A number can be a flonum or bignum. In this case, you are warned
a4fb0134 3616that only the low order 32 bits are used, and @command{@value{AS}} pretends
252b5132
RH
3617these 32 bits are an integer. You may write integer-manipulating
3618instructions that act on exotic constants, compatible with other
3619assemblers.
3620
3621@cindex subexpressions
3622Subexpressions are a left parenthesis @samp{(} followed by an integer
3623expression, followed by a right parenthesis @samp{)}; or a prefix
3624operator followed by an argument.
3625
3626@node Operators
3627@subsection Operators
3628
3629@cindex operators, in expressions
3630@cindex arithmetic functions
3631@cindex functions, in expressions
3632@dfn{Operators} are arithmetic functions, like @code{+} or @code{%}. Prefix
3633operators are followed by an argument. Infix operators appear
3634between their arguments. Operators may be preceded and/or followed by
3635whitespace.
3636
3637@node Prefix Ops
3638@subsection Prefix Operator
3639
3640@cindex prefix operators
a4fb0134 3641@command{@value{AS}} has the following @dfn{prefix operators}. They each take
252b5132
RH
3642one argument, which must be absolute.
3643
3644@c the tex/end tex stuff surrounding this small table is meant to make
3645@c it align, on the printed page, with the similar table in the next
3646@c section (which is inside an enumerate).
3647@tex
3648\global\advance\leftskip by \itemindent
3649@end tex
3650
3651@table @code
3652@item -
3653@dfn{Negation}. Two's complement negation.
3654@item ~
3655@dfn{Complementation}. Bitwise not.
3656@end table
3657
3658@tex
3659\global\advance\leftskip by -\itemindent
3660@end tex
3661
3662@node Infix Ops
3663@subsection Infix Operators
3664
3665@cindex infix operators
3666@cindex operators, permitted arguments
3667@dfn{Infix operators} take two arguments, one on either side. Operators
3668have precedence, but operations with equal precedence are performed left
a4fb0134 3669to right. Apart from @code{+} or @option{-}, both arguments must be
252b5132
RH
3670absolute, and the result is absolute.
3671
3672@enumerate
3673@cindex operator precedence
3674@cindex precedence of operators
3675
3676@item
3677Highest Precedence
3678
3679@table @code
3680@item *
3681@dfn{Multiplication}.
3682
3683@item /
3684@dfn{Division}. Truncation is the same as the C operator @samp{/}
3685
3686@item %
3687@dfn{Remainder}.
3688
d1eac9d9 3689@item <<
252b5132
RH
3690@dfn{Shift Left}. Same as the C operator @samp{<<}.
3691
d1eac9d9 3692@item >>
252b5132
RH
3693@dfn{Shift Right}. Same as the C operator @samp{>>}.
3694@end table
3695
3696@item
3697Intermediate precedence
3698
3699@table @code
3700@item |
3701
3702@dfn{Bitwise Inclusive Or}.
3703
3704@item &
3705@dfn{Bitwise And}.
3706
3707@item ^
3708@dfn{Bitwise Exclusive Or}.
3709
3710@item !
3711@dfn{Bitwise Or Not}.
3712@end table
3713
3714@item
b131d4dc 3715Low Precedence
252b5132
RH
3716
3717@table @code
3718@cindex addition, permitted arguments
3719@cindex plus, permitted arguments
3720@cindex arguments for addition
3721@item +
3722@dfn{Addition}. If either argument is absolute, the result has the section of
3723the other argument. You may not add together arguments from different
3724sections.
3725
3726@cindex subtraction, permitted arguments
3727@cindex minus, permitted arguments
3728@cindex arguments for subtraction
3729@item -
3730@dfn{Subtraction}. If the right argument is absolute, the
3731result has the section of the left argument.
3732If both arguments are in the same section, the result is absolute.
3733You may not subtract arguments from different sections.
3734@c FIXME is there still something useful to say about undefined - undefined ?
b131d4dc
NC
3735
3736@cindex comparison expressions
3737@cindex expressions, comparison
3738@item ==
3739@dfn{Is Equal To}
3740@item <>
723a8472 3741@itemx !=
b131d4dc
NC
3742@dfn{Is Not Equal To}
3743@item <
3744@dfn{Is Less Than}
d1eac9d9 3745@item >
b131d4dc 3746@dfn{Is Greater Than}
d1eac9d9 3747@item >=
b131d4dc 3748@dfn{Is Greater Than Or Equal To}
d1eac9d9 3749@item <=
b131d4dc
NC
3750@dfn{Is Less Than Or Equal To}
3751
3752The comparison operators can be used as infix operators. A true results has a
3753value of -1 whereas a false result has a value of 0. Note, these operators
3754perform signed comparisons.
3755@end table
3756
3757@item Lowest Precedence
3758
3759@table @code
3760@item &&
3761@dfn{Logical And}.
3762
3763@item ||
3764@dfn{Logical Or}.
3765
3766These two logical operations can be used to combine the results of sub
3767expressions. Note, unlike the comparison operators a true result returns a
3768value of 1 but a false results does still return 0. Also note that the logical
3769or operator has a slightly lower precedence than logical and.
3770
252b5132
RH
3771@end table
3772@end enumerate
3773
3774In short, it's only meaningful to add or subtract the @emph{offsets} in an
3775address; you can only have a defined section in one of the two arguments.
3776
3777@node Pseudo Ops
3778@chapter Assembler Directives
3779
3780@cindex directives, machine independent
3781@cindex pseudo-ops, machine independent
3782@cindex machine independent directives
3783All assembler directives have names that begin with a period (@samp{.}).
3784The rest of the name is letters, usually in lower case.
3785
3786This chapter discusses directives that are available regardless of the
3787target machine configuration for the @sc{gnu} assembler.
3788@ifset GENERIC
3789Some machine configurations provide additional directives.
3790@xref{Machine Dependencies}.
3791@end ifset
3792@ifclear GENERIC
3793@ifset machine-directives
96e9638b 3794@xref{Machine Dependencies}, for additional directives.
252b5132
RH
3795@end ifset
3796@end ifclear
3797
3798@menu
3799* Abort:: @code{.abort}
3800@ifset COFF
38a57ae7 3801* ABORT (COFF):: @code{.ABORT}
252b5132 3802@end ifset
f0dc282c 3803
252b5132 3804* Align:: @code{.align @var{abs-expr} , @var{abs-expr}}
caa32fe5 3805* Altmacro:: @code{.altmacro}
252b5132
RH
3806* Ascii:: @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{}
3807* Asciz:: @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{}
3808* Balign:: @code{.balign @var{abs-expr} , @var{abs-expr}}
3809* Byte:: @code{.byte @var{expressions}}
3810* Comm:: @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} }
54cfded0 3811
4b7d318b 3812* CFI directives:: @code{.cfi_startproc [simple]}, @code{.cfi_endproc}, etc.
54cfded0 3813
252b5132
RH
3814* Data:: @code{.data @var{subsection}}
3815@ifset COFF
3816* Def:: @code{.def @var{name}}
3817@end ifset
3818@ifset aout-bout
3819* Desc:: @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}}
3820@end ifset
3821@ifset COFF
3822* Dim:: @code{.dim}
3823@end ifset
f0dc282c 3824
252b5132
RH
3825* Double:: @code{.double @var{flonums}}
3826* Eject:: @code{.eject}
3827* Else:: @code{.else}
3fd9f047 3828* Elseif:: @code{.elseif}
252b5132
RH
3829* End:: @code{.end}
3830@ifset COFF
3831* Endef:: @code{.endef}
3832@end ifset
f0dc282c 3833
252b5132
RH
3834* Endfunc:: @code{.endfunc}
3835* Endif:: @code{.endif}
3836* Equ:: @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
3837* Equiv:: @code{.equiv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
9497f5ac 3838* Eqv:: @code{.eqv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
252b5132 3839* Err:: @code{.err}
d190d046 3840* Error:: @code{.error @var{string}}
252b5132
RH
3841* Exitm:: @code{.exitm}
3842* Extern:: @code{.extern}
3843* Fail:: @code{.fail}
3844@ifclear no-file-dir
3845* File:: @code{.file @var{string}}
3846@end ifclear
f0dc282c 3847
252b5132
RH
3848* Fill:: @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}}
3849* Float:: @code{.float @var{flonums}}
3850* Func:: @code{.func}
3851* Global:: @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}}
c91d2e08 3852@ifset ELF
3a99f02f 3853* Gnu_attribute:: @code{.gnu_attribute @var{tag},@var{value}}
c91d2e08
NC
3854* Hidden:: @code{.hidden @var{names}}
3855@end ifset
f0dc282c 3856
252b5132
RH
3857* hword:: @code{.hword @var{expressions}}
3858* Ident:: @code{.ident}
3859* If:: @code{.if @var{absolute expression}}
7e005732 3860* Incbin:: @code{.incbin "@var{file}"[,@var{skip}[,@var{count}]]}
252b5132
RH
3861* Include:: @code{.include "@var{file}"}
3862* Int:: @code{.int @var{expressions}}
c91d2e08
NC
3863@ifset ELF
3864* Internal:: @code{.internal @var{names}}
3865@end ifset
f0dc282c 3866
252b5132
RH
3867* Irp:: @code{.irp @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
3868* Irpc:: @code{.irpc @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
3869* Lcomm:: @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}}
3870* Lflags:: @code{.lflags}
3871@ifclear no-line-dir
3872* Line:: @code{.line @var{line-number}}
3873@end ifclear
f0dc282c 3874
252b5132
RH
3875* Linkonce:: @code{.linkonce [@var{type}]}
3876* List:: @code{.list}
bd0eb99b
RH
3877* Ln:: @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
3878
3879* LNS directives:: @code{.file}, @code{.loc}, etc.
4d4175af
BW
3880@ifset ELF
3881* Local:: @code{.local @var{names}}
3882@end ifset
bd0eb99b 3883
252b5132
RH
3884* Long:: @code{.long @var{expressions}}
3885@ignore
3886* Lsym:: @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
3887@end ignore
f0dc282c 3888
252b5132
RH
3889* Macro:: @code{.macro @var{name} @var{args}}@dots{}
3890* MRI:: @code{.mri @var{val}}
caa32fe5 3891* Noaltmacro:: @code{.noaltmacro}
252b5132
RH
3892* Nolist:: @code{.nolist}
3893* Octa:: @code{.octa @var{bignums}}
85234291
L
3894* Org:: @code{.org @var{new-lc}, @var{fill}}
3895* P2align:: @code{.p2align @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
c91d2e08
NC
3896@ifset ELF
3897* PopSection:: @code{.popsection}
3898* Previous:: @code{.previous}
3899@end ifset
f0dc282c 3900
252b5132 3901* Print:: @code{.print @var{string}}
c91d2e08
NC
3902@ifset ELF
3903* Protected:: @code{.protected @var{names}}
3904@end ifset
f0dc282c 3905
252b5132
RH
3906* Psize:: @code{.psize @var{lines}, @var{columns}}
3907* Purgem:: @code{.purgem @var{name}}
c91d2e08
NC
3908@ifset ELF
3909* PushSection:: @code{.pushsection @var{name}}
3910@end ifset
f0dc282c 3911
252b5132 3912* Quad:: @code{.quad @var{bignums}}
05e9452c 3913* Reloc:: @code{.reloc @var{offset}, @var{reloc_name}[, @var{expression}]}
252b5132
RH
3914* Rept:: @code{.rept @var{count}}
3915* Sbttl:: @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"}
3916@ifset COFF
3917* Scl:: @code{.scl @var{class}}
c1253627
NC
3918@end ifset
3919@ifset COFF-ELF
7337fc21 3920* Section:: @code{.section @var{name}[, @var{flags}]}
252b5132 3921@end ifset
f0dc282c 3922
252b5132
RH
3923* Set:: @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
3924* Short:: @code{.short @var{expressions}}
3925* Single:: @code{.single @var{flonums}}
c1253627 3926@ifset COFF-ELF
c91d2e08 3927* Size:: @code{.size [@var{name} , @var{expression}]}
c1253627
NC
3928@end ifset
3929
252b5132
RH
3930* Skip:: @code{.skip @var{size} , @var{fill}}
3931* Sleb128:: @code{.sleb128 @var{expressions}}
3932* Space:: @code{.space @var{size} , @var{fill}}
3933@ifset have-stabs
3934* Stab:: @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs}
3935@end ifset
f0dc282c 3936
38a57ae7 3937* String:: @code{.string "@var{str}"}, @code{.string8 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string16 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string32 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string64 "@var{str}"}
252b5132
RH
3938* Struct:: @code{.struct @var{expression}}
3939@ifset ELF
c91d2e08 3940* SubSection:: @code{.subsection}
252b5132
RH
3941* Symver:: @code{.symver @var{name},@var{name2@@nodename}}
3942@end ifset
f0dc282c 3943
252b5132
RH
3944@ifset COFF
3945* Tag:: @code{.tag @var{structname}}
3946@end ifset
f0dc282c 3947
252b5132
RH
3948* Text:: @code{.text @var{subsection}}
3949* Title:: @code{.title "@var{heading}"}
c1253627 3950@ifset COFF-ELF
c91d2e08 3951* Type:: @code{.type <@var{int} | @var{name} , @var{type description}>}
c1253627
NC
3952@end ifset
3953
c91d2e08 3954* Uleb128:: @code{.uleb128 @var{expressions}}
252b5132 3955@ifset COFF
252b5132
RH
3956* Val:: @code{.val @var{addr}}
3957@end ifset
f0dc282c 3958
2e13b764 3959@ifset ELF
c91d2e08 3960* Version:: @code{.version "@var{string}"}
c91d2e08
NC
3961* VTableEntry:: @code{.vtable_entry @var{table}, @var{offset}}
3962* VTableInherit:: @code{.vtable_inherit @var{child}, @var{parent}}
2e13b764 3963@end ifset
f0dc282c 3964
d190d046 3965* Warning:: @code{.warning @var{string}}
c87db184 3966* Weak:: @code{.weak @var{names}}
06e77878 3967* Weakref:: @code{.weakref @var{alias}, @var{symbol}}
252b5132
RH
3968* Word:: @code{.word @var{expressions}}
3969* Deprecated:: Deprecated Directives
3970@end menu
3971
3972@node Abort
3973@section @code{.abort}
3974
3975@cindex @code{abort} directive
3976@cindex stopping the assembly
3977This directive stops the assembly immediately. It is for
3978compatibility with other assemblers. The original idea was that the
3979assembly language source would be piped into the assembler. If the sender
a4fb0134 3980of the source quit, it could use this directive tells @command{@value{AS}} to
252b5132
RH
3981quit also. One day @code{.abort} will not be supported.
3982
3983@ifset COFF
370b66a1
CD
3984@node ABORT (COFF)
3985@section @code{.ABORT} (COFF)
252b5132
RH
3986
3987@cindex @code{ABORT} directive
a4fb0134 3988When producing COFF output, @command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive as a
252b5132
RH
3989synonym for @samp{.abort}.
3990
3991@ifset BOUT
a4fb0134 3992When producing @code{b.out} output, @command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive,
252b5132
RH
3993but ignores it.
3994@end ifset
3995@end ifset
3996
3997@node Align
3998@section @code{.align @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
3999
4000@cindex padding the location counter
4001@cindex @code{align} directive
4002Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular storage
4003boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the alignment
4004required, as described below.
4005
4006The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
4007padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
4008padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
4009marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
4010with no-op instructions.
4011
4012The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
4013it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
4014directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
4015specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
4016fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
4017required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
4018with no-op instructions when appropriate.
4019
4020The way the required alignment is specified varies from system to system.
7be1c489 4021For the arc, hppa, i386 using ELF, i860, iq2000, m68k, or32,
60946ad0 4022s390, sparc, tic4x, tic80 and xtensa, the first expression is the
252b5132
RH
4023alignment request in bytes. For example @samp{.align 8} advances
4024the location counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter
60946ad0
AM
4025is already a multiple of 8, no change is needed. For the tic54x, the
4026first expression is the alignment request in words.
252b5132 4027
9e9a9798 4028For other systems, including ppc, i386 using a.out format, arm and
adcf07e6 4029strongarm, it is the
252b5132
RH
4030number of low-order zero bits the location counter must have after
4031advancement. For example @samp{.align 3} advances the location
4032counter until it a multiple of 8. If the location counter is already a
4033multiple of 8, no change is needed.
4034
4035This inconsistency is due to the different behaviors of the various
4036native assemblers for these systems which GAS must emulate.
4037GAS also provides @code{.balign} and @code{.p2align} directives,
4038described later, which have a consistent behavior across all
4039architectures (but are specific to GAS).
4040
4041@node Ascii
4042@section @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4043
4044@cindex @code{ascii} directive
4045@cindex string literals
4046@code{.ascii} expects zero or more string literals (@pxref{Strings})
4047separated by commas. It assembles each string (with no automatic
4048trailing zero byte) into consecutive addresses.
4049
4050@node Asciz
4051@section @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4052
4053@cindex @code{asciz} directive
4054@cindex zero-terminated strings
4055@cindex null-terminated strings
4056@code{.asciz} is just like @code{.ascii}, but each string is followed by
4057a zero byte. The ``z'' in @samp{.asciz} stands for ``zero''.
4058
4059@node Balign
4060@section @code{.balign[wl] @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
4061
4062@cindex padding the location counter given number of bytes
4063@cindex @code{balign} directive
4064Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular
4065storage boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the
4066alignment request in bytes. For example @samp{.balign 8} advances
4067the location counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter
4068is already a multiple of 8, no change is needed.
4069
4070The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
4071padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
4072padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
4073marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
4074with no-op instructions.
4075
4076The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
4077it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
4078directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
4079specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
4080fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
4081required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
4082with no-op instructions when appropriate.
4083
4084@cindex @code{balignw} directive
4085@cindex @code{balignl} directive
4086The @code{.balignw} and @code{.balignl} directives are variants of the
4087@code{.balign} directive. The @code{.balignw} directive treats the fill
4088pattern as a two byte word value. The @code{.balignl} directives treats the
4089fill pattern as a four byte longword value. For example, @code{.balignw
40904,0x368d} will align to a multiple of 4. If it skips two bytes, they will be
4091filled in with the value 0x368d (the exact placement of the bytes depends upon
4092the endianness of the processor). If it skips 1 or 3 bytes, the fill value is
4093undefined.
4094
4095@node Byte
4096@section @code{.byte @var{expressions}}
4097
4098@cindex @code{byte} directive
4099@cindex integers, one byte
4100@code{.byte} expects zero or more expressions, separated by commas.
4101Each expression is assembled into the next byte.
4102
d88ef7a6
TT
4103@node Comm
4104@section @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} }
4105
4106@cindex @code{comm} directive
4107@cindex symbol, common
4108@code{.comm} declares a common symbol named @var{symbol}. When linking, a
4109common symbol in one object file may be merged with a defined or common symbol
4110of the same name in another object file. If @code{@value{LD}} does not see a
4111definition for the symbol--just one or more common symbols--then it will
4112allocate @var{length} bytes of uninitialized memory. @var{length} must be an
4113absolute expression. If @code{@value{LD}} sees multiple common symbols with
4114the same name, and they do not all have the same size, it will allocate space
4115using the largest size.
4116
4117@ifset ELF
4118When using ELF, the @code{.comm} directive takes an optional third argument.
4119This is the desired alignment of the symbol, specified as a byte boundary (for
4120example, an alignment of 16 means that the least significant 4 bits of the
4121address should be zero). The alignment must be an absolute expression, and it
4122must be a power of two. If @code{@value{LD}} allocates uninitialized memory
4123for the common symbol, it will use the alignment when placing the symbol. If
4124no alignment is specified, @command{@value{AS}} will set the alignment to the
4125largest power of two less than or equal to the size of the symbol, up to a
4126maximum of 16.
4127@end ifset
4128
4129@ifset HPPA
4130The syntax for @code{.comm} differs slightly on the HPPA. The syntax is
4131@samp{@var{symbol} .comm, @var{length}}; @var{symbol} is optional.
4132@end ifset
4133
54cfded0 4134@node CFI directives
4b7d318b 4135@section @code{.cfi_startproc [simple]}
54cfded0
AM
4136@cindex @code{cfi_startproc} directive
4137@code{.cfi_startproc} is used at the beginning of each function that
4138should have an entry in @code{.eh_frame}. It initializes some internal
4b7d318b 4139data structures. Don't forget to close the function by
54cfded0
AM
4140@code{.cfi_endproc}.
4141
4b7d318b
L
4142Unless @code{.cfi_startproc} is used along with parameter @code{simple}
4143it also emits some architecture dependent initial CFI instructions.
4144
54cfded0
AM
4145@section @code{.cfi_endproc}
4146@cindex @code{cfi_endproc} directive
4147@code{.cfi_endproc} is used at the end of a function where it closes its
4148unwind entry previously opened by
b45619c0 4149@code{.cfi_startproc}, and emits it to @code{.eh_frame}.
54cfded0 4150
9b8ae42e
JJ
4151@section @code{.cfi_personality @var{encoding} [, @var{exp}]}
4152@code{.cfi_personality} defines personality routine and its encoding.
4153@var{encoding} must be a constant determining how the personality
4154should be encoded. If it is 255 (@code{DW_EH_PE_omit}), second
4155argument is not present, otherwise second argument should be
4156a constant or a symbol name. When using indirect encodings,
4157the symbol provided should be the location where personality
4158can be loaded from, not the personality routine itself.
4159The default after @code{.cfi_startproc} is @code{.cfi_personality 0xff},
4160no personality routine.
4161
4162@section @code{.cfi_lsda @var{encoding} [, @var{exp}]}
4163@code{.cfi_lsda} defines LSDA and its encoding.
4164@var{encoding} must be a constant determining how the LSDA
4165should be encoded. If it is 255 (@code{DW_EH_PE_omit}), second
4166argument is not present, otherwise second argument should be a constant
4167or a symbol name. The default after @code{.cfi_startproc} is @code{.cfi_lsda 0xff},
4168no LSDA.
4169
54cfded0
AM
4170@section @code{.cfi_def_cfa @var{register}, @var{offset}}
4171@code{.cfi_def_cfa} defines a rule for computing CFA as: @i{take
4172address from @var{register} and add @var{offset} to it}.
4173
4174@section @code{.cfi_def_cfa_register @var{register}}
4175@code{.cfi_def_cfa_register} modifies a rule for computing CFA. From
4176now on @var{register} will be used instead of the old one. Offset
4177remains the same.
4178
4179@section @code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset @var{offset}}
4180@code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset} modifies a rule for computing CFA. Register
4181remains the same, but @var{offset} is new. Note that it is the
4182absolute offset that will be added to a defined register to compute
4183CFA address.
4184
4185@section @code{.cfi_adjust_cfa_offset @var{offset}}
4186Same as @code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset} but @var{offset} is a relative
4187value that is added/substracted from the previous offset.
4188
4189@section @code{.cfi_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
4190Previous value of @var{register} is saved at offset @var{offset} from
4191CFA.
4192
17076204
RH
4193@section @code{.cfi_rel_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
4194Previous value of @var{register} is saved at offset @var{offset} from
4195the current CFA register. This is transformed to @code{.cfi_offset}
4196using the known displacement of the CFA register from the CFA.
4197This is often easier to use, because the number will match the
4198code it's annotating.
54cfded0 4199
4b7d318b
L
4200@section @code{.cfi_register @var{register1}, @var{register2}}
4201Previous value of @var{register1} is saved in register @var{register2}.
4202
4203@section @code{.cfi_restore @var{register}}
4204@code{.cfi_restore} says that the rule for @var{register} is now the
4205same as it was at the beginning of the function, after all initial
4206instruction added by @code{.cfi_startproc} were executed.
4207
4208@section @code{.cfi_undefined @var{register}}
4209From now on the previous value of @var{register} can't be restored anymore.
4210
4211@section @code{.cfi_same_value @var{register}}
4212Current value of @var{register} is the same like in the previous frame,
4213i.e. no restoration needed.
4214
4215@section @code{.cfi_remember_state},
4216First save all current rules for all registers by @code{.cfi_remember_state},
4217then totally screw them up by subsequent @code{.cfi_*} directives and when
4218everything is hopelessly bad, use @code{.cfi_restore_state} to restore
4219the previous saved state.
4220
4221@section @code{.cfi_return_column @var{register}}
4222Change return column @var{register}, i.e. the return address is either
4223directly in @var{register} or can be accessed by rules for @var{register}.
4224
63752a75
JJ
4225@section @code{.cfi_signal_frame}
4226Mark current function as signal trampoline.
4227
6749011b 4228@section @code{.cfi_window_save}
364b6d8b
JJ
4229SPARC register window has been saved.
4230
cdfbf930
RH
4231@section @code{.cfi_escape} @var{expression}[, @dots{}]
4232Allows the user to add arbitrary bytes to the unwind info. One
4233might use this to add OS-specific CFI opcodes, or generic CFI
4234opcodes that GAS does not yet support.
252b5132 4235
f1c4cc75
RH
4236@section @code{.cfi_val_encoded_addr @var{register}, @var{encoding}, @var{label}}
4237The current value of @var{register} is @var{label}. The value of @var{label}
4238will be encoded in the output file according to @var{encoding}; see the
4239description of @code{.cfi_personality} for details on this encoding.
4240
4241The usefulness of equating a register to a fixed label is probably
4242limited to the return address register. Here, it can be useful to
4243mark a code segment that has only one return address which is reached
4244by a direct branch and no copy of the return address exists in memory
4245or another register.
4246
bd0eb99b
RH
4247@node LNS directives
4248@section @code{.file @var{fileno} @var{filename}}
4249@cindex @code{file} directive
4250When emitting dwarf2 line number information @code{.file} assigns filenames
4251to the @code{.debug_line} file name table. The @var{fileno} operand should
4252be a unique positive integer to use as the index of the entry in the table.
4253The @var{filename} operand is a C string literal.
4254
b45619c0 4255The detail of filename indices is exposed to the user because the filename
bd0eb99b 4256table is shared with the @code{.debug_info} section of the dwarf2 debugging
b45619c0 4257information, and thus the user must know the exact indices that table
bd0eb99b
RH
4258entries will have.
4259
ecea7679 4260@section @code{.loc @var{fileno} @var{lineno} [@var{column}] [@var{options}]}
bd0eb99b
RH
4261@cindex @code{loc} directive
4262The @code{.loc} directive will add row to the @code{.debug_line} line
4263number matrix corresponding to the immediately following assembly
4264instruction. The @var{fileno}, @var{lineno}, and optional @var{column}
4265arguments will be applied to the @code{.debug_line} state machine before
4266the row is added.
4267
ecea7679
RH
4268The @var{options} are a sequence of the following tokens in any order:
4269
4270@table @code
4271@item basic_block
4272This option will set the @code{basic_block} register in the
bd0eb99b
RH
4273@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
4274
ecea7679
RH
4275@item prologue_end
4276This option will set the @code{prologue_end} register in the
bd0eb99b
RH
4277@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
4278
ecea7679
RH
4279@item epilogue_begin
4280This option will set the @code{epilogue_begin} register in the
bd0eb99b
RH
4281@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
4282
ecea7679
RH
4283@item is_stmt @var{value}
4284This option will set the @code{is_stmt} register in the
bd0eb99b
RH
4285@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{value}, which must be
4286either 0 or 1.
4287
ecea7679 4288@item isa @var{value}
bd0eb99b
RH
4289This directive will set the @code{isa} register in the @code{.debug_line}
4290state machine to @var{value}, which must be an unsigned integer.
07a53e5c 4291
cd1fcb49
NC
4292@end table
4293
3a99f02f
DJ
4294@section @code{.loc_mark_labels @var{enable}}
4295@cindex @code{loc_mark_labels} directive
4296The @code{.loc_mark_labels} directive makes the assembler emit an entry
07a53e5c
RH
4297to the @code{.debug_line} line number matrix with the @code{basic_block}
4298register in the state machine set whenever a code label is seen.
4299The @var{enable} argument should be either 1 or 0, to enable or disable
4300this function respectively.
4301
252b5132
RH
4302@node Data
4303@section @code{.data @var{subsection}}
4304
4305@cindex @code{data} directive
a4fb0134 4306@code{.data} tells @command{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the
252b5132
RH
4307end of the data subsection numbered @var{subsection} (which is an
4308absolute expression). If @var{subsection} is omitted, it defaults
4309to zero.
4310
4311@ifset COFF
4312@node Def
4313@section @code{.def @var{name}}
4314
4315@cindex @code{def} directive
4316@cindex COFF symbols, debugging
4317@cindex debugging COFF symbols
4318Begin defining debugging information for a symbol @var{name}; the
4319definition extends until the @code{.endef} directive is encountered.
4320@ifset BOUT
4321
a4fb0134 4322This directive is only observed when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for COFF
252b5132
RH
4323format output; when producing @code{b.out}, @samp{.def} is recognized,
4324but ignored.
4325@end ifset
4326@end ifset
4327
4328@ifset aout-bout
4329@node Desc
4330@section @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}}
4331
4332@cindex @code{desc} directive
4333@cindex COFF symbol descriptor
4334@cindex symbol descriptor, COFF
4335This directive sets the descriptor of the symbol (@pxref{Symbol Attributes})
4336to the low 16 bits of an absolute expression.
4337
4338@ifset COFF
a4fb0134 4339The @samp{.desc} directive is not available when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132 4340configured for COFF output; it is only for @code{a.out} or @code{b.out}
a4fb0134 4341object format. For the sake of compatibility, @command{@value{AS}} accepts
252b5132
RH
4342it, but produces no output, when configured for COFF.
4343@end ifset
4344@end ifset
4345
4346@ifset COFF
4347@node Dim
4348@section @code{.dim}
4349
4350@cindex @code{dim} directive
4351@cindex COFF auxiliary symbol information
4352@cindex auxiliary symbol information, COFF
4353This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
4354information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside
4355@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs.
4356@ifset BOUT
4357
4358@samp{.dim} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 4359@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
4360ignores it.
4361@end ifset
4362@end ifset
4363
4364@node Double
4365@section @code{.double @var{flonums}}
4366
4367@cindex @code{double} directive
4368@cindex floating point numbers (double)
4369@code{.double} expects zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
4370assembles floating point numbers.
4371@ifset GENERIC
4372The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 4373@command{@value{AS}} is configured. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
4374@end ifset
4375@ifclear GENERIC
4376@ifset IEEEFLOAT
4377On the @value{TARGET} family @samp{.double} emits 64-bit floating-point numbers
4378in @sc{ieee} format.
4379@end ifset
4380@end ifclear
4381
4382@node Eject
4383@section @code{.eject}
4384
4385@cindex @code{eject} directive
4386@cindex new page, in listings
4387@cindex page, in listings
4388@cindex listing control: new page
4389Force a page break at this point, when generating assembly listings.
4390
4391@node Else
4392@section @code{.else}
4393
4394@cindex @code{else} directive
a4fb0134 4395@code{.else} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional
96e9638b 4396assembly; see @ref{If,,@code{.if}}. It marks the beginning of a section
252b5132
RH
4397of code to be assembled if the condition for the preceding @code{.if}
4398was false.
4399
3fd9f047
TW
4400@node Elseif
4401@section @code{.elseif}
4402
4403@cindex @code{elseif} directive
a4fb0134 4404@code{.elseif} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional
96e9638b 4405assembly; see @ref{If,,@code{.if}}. It is shorthand for beginning a new
3fd9f047
TW
4406@code{.if} block that would otherwise fill the entire @code{.else} section.
4407
252b5132
RH
4408@node End
4409@section @code{.end}
4410
4411@cindex @code{end} directive
a4fb0134 4412@code{.end} marks the end of the assembly file. @command{@value{AS}} does not
252b5132
RH
4413process anything in the file past the @code{.end} directive.
4414
4415@ifset COFF
4416@node Endef
4417@section @code{.endef}
4418
4419@cindex @code{endef} directive
4420This directive flags the end of a symbol definition begun with
4421@code{.def}.
4422@ifset BOUT
4423
4424@samp{.endef} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; if
a4fb0134 4425@command{@value{AS}} is configured to generate @code{b.out}, it accepts this
252b5132
RH
4426directive but ignores it.
4427@end ifset
4428@end ifset
4429
4430@node Endfunc
4431@section @code{.endfunc}
4432@cindex @code{endfunc} directive
4433@code{.endfunc} marks the end of a function specified with @code{.func}.
4434
4435@node Endif
4436@section @code{.endif}
4437
4438@cindex @code{endif} directive
a4fb0134 4439@code{.endif} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional assembly;
252b5132
RH
4440it marks the end of a block of code that is only assembled
4441conditionally. @xref{If,,@code{.if}}.
4442
4443@node Equ
4444@section @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4445
4446@cindex @code{equ} directive
4447@cindex assigning values to symbols
4448@cindex symbols, assigning values to
4449This directive sets the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}.
96e9638b 4450It is synonymous with @samp{.set}; see @ref{Set,,@code{.set}}.
252b5132
RH
4451
4452@ifset HPPA
4453The syntax for @code{equ} on the HPPA is
4454@samp{@var{symbol} .equ @var{expression}}.
4455@end ifset
4456
3c9b82ba
NC
4457@ifset Z80
4458The syntax for @code{equ} on the Z80 is
4459@samp{@var{symbol} equ @var{expression}}.
4460On the Z80 it is an eror if @var{symbol} is already defined,
96e9638b
BW
4461but the symbol is not protected from later redefinition.
4462Compare @ref{Equiv}.
3c9b82ba
NC
4463@end ifset
4464
252b5132
RH
4465@node Equiv
4466@section @code{.equiv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4467@cindex @code{equiv} directive
4468The @code{.equiv} directive is like @code{.equ} and @code{.set}, except that
8dfa0188
NC
4469the assembler will signal an error if @var{symbol} is already defined. Note a
4470symbol which has been referenced but not actually defined is considered to be
4471undefined.
252b5132
RH
4472
4473Except for the contents of the error message, this is roughly equivalent to
4474@smallexample
4475.ifdef SYM
4476.err
4477.endif
4478.equ SYM,VAL
4479@end smallexample
9497f5ac
NC
4480plus it protects the symbol from later redefinition.
4481
4482@node Eqv
4483@section @code{.eqv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4484@cindex @code{eqv} directive
4485The @code{.eqv} directive is like @code{.equiv}, but no attempt is made to
4486evaluate the expression or any part of it immediately. Instead each time
4487the resulting symbol is used in an expression, a snapshot of its current
4488value is taken.
252b5132
RH
4489
4490@node Err
4491@section @code{.err}
4492@cindex @code{err} directive
a4fb0134
SC
4493If @command{@value{AS}} assembles a @code{.err} directive, it will print an error
4494message and, unless the @option{-Z} option was used, it will not generate an
f9eb6721 4495object file. This can be used to signal an error in conditionally compiled code.
252b5132 4496
d190d046
HPN
4497@node Error
4498@section @code{.error "@var{string}"}
4499@cindex error directive
4500
4501Similarly to @code{.err}, this directive emits an error, but you can specify a
4502string that will be emitted as the error message. If you don't specify the
4503message, it defaults to @code{".error directive invoked in source file"}.
4504@xref{Errors, ,Error and Warning Messages}.
4505
4506@smallexample
4507 .error "This code has not been assembled and tested."
4508@end smallexample
4509
252b5132
RH
4510@node Exitm
4511@section @code{.exitm}
4512Exit early from the current macro definition. @xref{Macro}.
4513
4514@node Extern
4515@section @code{.extern}
4516
4517@cindex @code{extern} directive
4518@code{.extern} is accepted in the source program---for compatibility
a4fb0134 4519with other assemblers---but it is ignored. @command{@value{AS}} treats
252b5132
RH
4520all undefined symbols as external.
4521
4522@node Fail
4523@section @code{.fail @var{expression}}
4524
4525@cindex @code{fail} directive
4526Generates an error or a warning. If the value of the @var{expression} is 500
a4fb0134
SC
4527or more, @command{@value{AS}} will print a warning message. If the value is less
4528than 500, @command{@value{AS}} will print an error message. The message will
252b5132
RH
4529include the value of @var{expression}. This can occasionally be useful inside
4530complex nested macros or conditional assembly.
4531
4532@ifclear no-file-dir
4533@node File
4534@section @code{.file @var{string}}
4535
4536@cindex @code{file} directive
4537@cindex logical file name
4538@cindex file name, logical
a4fb0134 4539@code{.file} tells @command{@value{AS}} that we are about to start a new logical
252b5132
RH
4540file. @var{string} is the new file name. In general, the filename is
4541recognized whether or not it is surrounded by quotes @samp{"}; but if you wish
4542to specify an empty file name, you must give the quotes--@code{""}. This
4543statement may go away in future: it is only recognized to be compatible with
a4fb0134 4544old @command{@value{AS}} programs.
252b5132
RH
4545@end ifclear
4546
4547@node Fill
4548@section @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}}
4549
4550@cindex @code{fill} directive
4551@cindex writing patterns in memory
4552@cindex patterns, writing in memory
bc64be0c 4553@var{repeat}, @var{size} and @var{value} are absolute expressions.
252b5132
RH
4554This emits @var{repeat} copies of @var{size} bytes. @var{Repeat}
4555may be zero or more. @var{Size} may be zero or more, but if it is
4556more than 8, then it is deemed to have the value 8, compatible with
4557other people's assemblers. The contents of each @var{repeat} bytes
4558is taken from an 8-byte number. The highest order 4 bytes are
4559zero. The lowest order 4 bytes are @var{value} rendered in the
a4fb0134 4560byte-order of an integer on the computer @command{@value{AS}} is assembling for.
252b5132
RH
4561Each @var{size} bytes in a repetition is taken from the lowest order
4562@var{size} bytes of this number. Again, this bizarre behavior is
4563compatible with other people's assemblers.
4564
4565@var{size} and @var{value} are optional.
4566If the second comma and @var{value} are absent, @var{value} is
4567assumed zero. If the first comma and following tokens are absent,
4568@var{size} is assumed to be 1.
4569
4570@node Float
4571@section @code{.float @var{flonums}}
4572
4573@cindex floating point numbers (single)
4574@cindex @code{float} directive
4575This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
4576has the same effect as @code{.single}.
4577@ifset GENERIC
4578The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 4579@command{@value{AS}} is configured.
252b5132
RH
4580@xref{Machine Dependencies}.
4581@end ifset
4582@ifclear GENERIC
4583@ifset IEEEFLOAT
4584On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.float} emits 32-bit floating point numbers
4585in @sc{ieee} format.
4586@end ifset
4587@end ifclear
4588
4589@node Func
4590@section @code{.func @var{name}[,@var{label}]}
4591@cindex @code{func} directive
4592@code{.func} emits debugging information to denote function @var{name}, and
4593is ignored unless the file is assembled with debugging enabled.
05da4302 4594Only @samp{--gstabs[+]} is currently supported.
252b5132
RH
4595@var{label} is the entry point of the function and if omitted @var{name}
4596prepended with the @samp{leading char} is used.
4597@samp{leading char} is usually @code{_} or nothing, depending on the target.
4598All functions are currently defined to have @code{void} return type.
4599The function must be terminated with @code{.endfunc}.
4600
4601@node Global
4602@section @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}}
4603
4604@cindex @code{global} directive
4605@cindex symbol, making visible to linker
4606@code{.global} makes the symbol visible to @code{@value{LD}}. If you define
4607@var{symbol} in your partial program, its value is made available to
4608other partial programs that are linked with it. Otherwise,
4609@var{symbol} takes its attributes from a symbol of the same name
4610from another file linked into the same program.
4611
4612Both spellings (@samp{.globl} and @samp{.global}) are accepted, for
4613compatibility with other assemblers.
4614
4615@ifset HPPA
4616On the HPPA, @code{.global} is not always enough to make it accessible to other
4617partial programs. You may need the HPPA-only @code{.EXPORT} directive as well.
96e9638b 4618@xref{HPPA Directives, ,HPPA Assembler Directives}.
252b5132
RH
4619@end ifset
4620
c91d2e08 4621@ifset ELF
3a99f02f
DJ
4622@node Gnu_attribute
4623@section @code{.gnu_attribute @var{tag},@var{value}}
4624Record a @sc{gnu} object attribute for this file. @xref{Object Attributes}.
4625
c91d2e08
NC
4626@node Hidden
4627@section @code{.hidden @var{names}}
4628
c1253627
NC
4629@cindex @code{hidden} directive
4630@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 4631This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
a349d9dd
PB
4632@code{.internal} (@pxref{Internal,,@code{.internal}}) and
4633@code{.protected} (@pxref{Protected,,@code{.protected}}).
c91d2e08
NC
4634
4635This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
4636their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
4637@code{hidden} which means that the symbols are not visible to other components.
4638Such symbols are always considered to be @code{protected} as well.
4639@end ifset
4640
252b5132
RH
4641@node hword
4642@section @code{.hword @var{expressions}}
4643
4644@cindex @code{hword} directive
4645@cindex integers, 16-bit
4646@cindex numbers, 16-bit
4647@cindex sixteen bit integers
4648This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits
4649a 16 bit number for each.
4650
4651@ifset GENERIC
4652This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}; depending on the target
4653architecture, it may also be a synonym for @samp{.word}.
4654@end ifset
4655@ifclear GENERIC
4656@ifset W32
4657This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}.
4658@end ifset
4659@ifset W16
4660This directive is a synonym for both @samp{.short} and @samp{.word}.
4661@end ifset
4662@end ifclear
4663
4664@node Ident
4665@section @code{.ident}
4666
4667@cindex @code{ident} directive
cb4c78d6
BE
4668
4669This directive is used by some assemblers to place tags in object files. The
4670behavior of this directive varies depending on the target. When using the
4671a.out object file format, @command{@value{AS}} simply accepts the directive for
4672source-file compatibility with existing assemblers, but does not emit anything
4673for it. When using COFF, comments are emitted to the @code{.comment} or
4674@code{.rdata} section, depending on the target. When using ELF, comments are
4675emitted to the @code{.comment} section.
252b5132
RH
4676
4677@node If
4678@section @code{.if @var{absolute expression}}
4679
4680@cindex conditional assembly
4681@cindex @code{if} directive
4682@code{.if} marks the beginning of a section of code which is only
4683considered part of the source program being assembled if the argument
4684(which must be an @var{absolute expression}) is non-zero. The end of
4685the conditional section of code must be marked by @code{.endif}
4686(@pxref{Endif,,@code{.endif}}); optionally, you may include code for the
4687alternative condition, flagged by @code{.else} (@pxref{Else,,@code{.else}}).
3fd9f047
TW
4688If you have several conditions to check, @code{.elseif} may be used to avoid
4689nesting blocks if/else within each subsequent @code{.else} block.
252b5132
RH
4690
4691The following variants of @code{.if} are also supported:
4692@table @code
4693@cindex @code{ifdef} directive
4694@item .ifdef @var{symbol}
4695Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol}
8dfa0188
NC
4696has been defined. Note a symbol which has been referenced but not yet defined
4697is considered to be undefined.
252b5132 4698
26aca5f6
JB
4699@cindex @code{ifb} directive
4700@item .ifb @var{text}
4701Assembles the following section of code if the operand is blank (empty).
4702
252b5132
RH
4703@cindex @code{ifc} directive
4704@item .ifc @var{string1},@var{string2}
4705Assembles the following section of code if the two strings are the same. The
4706strings may be optionally quoted with single quotes. If they are not quoted,
4707the first string stops at the first comma, and the second string stops at the
4708end of the line. Strings which contain whitespace should be quoted. The
4709string comparison is case sensitive.
4710
4711@cindex @code{ifeq} directive
4712@item .ifeq @var{absolute expression}
4713Assembles the following section of code if the argument is zero.
4714
4715@cindex @code{ifeqs} directive
4716@item .ifeqs @var{string1},@var{string2}
4717Another form of @code{.ifc}. The strings must be quoted using double quotes.
4718
4719@cindex @code{ifge} directive
4720@item .ifge @var{absolute expression}
4721Assembles the following section of code if the argument is greater than or
4722equal to zero.
4723
4724@cindex @code{ifgt} directive
4725@item .ifgt @var{absolute expression}
4726Assembles the following section of code if the argument is greater than zero.
4727
4728@cindex @code{ifle} directive
4729@item .ifle @var{absolute expression}
4730Assembles the following section of code if the argument is less than or equal
4731to zero.
4732
4733@cindex @code{iflt} directive
4734@item .iflt @var{absolute expression}
4735Assembles the following section of code if the argument is less than zero.
4736
26aca5f6
JB
4737@cindex @code{ifnb} directive
4738@item .ifnb @var{text}
4739Like @code{.ifb}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
4740following section of code if the operand is non-blank (non-empty).
4741
252b5132
RH
4742@cindex @code{ifnc} directive
4743@item .ifnc @var{string1},@var{string2}.
4744Like @code{.ifc}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
4745following section of code if the two strings are not the same.
4746
4747@cindex @code{ifndef} directive
4748@cindex @code{ifnotdef} directive
4749@item .ifndef @var{symbol}
4750@itemx .ifnotdef @var{symbol}
4751Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol}
8dfa0188
NC
4752has not been defined. Both spelling variants are equivalent. Note a symbol
4753which has been referenced but not yet defined is considered to be undefined.
252b5132
RH
4754
4755@cindex @code{ifne} directive
4756@item .ifne @var{absolute expression}
4757Assembles the following section of code if the argument is not equal to zero
4758(in other words, this is equivalent to @code{.if}).
4759
4760@cindex @code{ifnes} directive
4761@item .ifnes @var{string1},@var{string2}
4762Like @code{.ifeqs}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
4763following section of code if the two strings are not the same.
4764@end table
4765
7e005732
NC
4766@node Incbin
4767@section @code{.incbin "@var{file}"[,@var{skip}[,@var{count}]]}
4768
4769@cindex @code{incbin} directive
4770@cindex binary files, including
4771The @code{incbin} directive includes @var{file} verbatim at the current
4772location. You can control the search paths used with the @samp{-I} command-line
4773option (@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}). Quotation marks are required
4774around @var{file}.
4775
4776The @var{skip} argument skips a number of bytes from the start of the
4777@var{file}. The @var{count} argument indicates the maximum number of bytes to
15dcfbc3
NC
4778read. Note that the data is not aligned in any way, so it is the user's
4779responsibility to make sure that proper alignment is provided both before and
4780after the @code{incbin} directive.
7e005732 4781
252b5132
RH
4782@node Include
4783@section @code{.include "@var{file}"}
4784
4785@cindex @code{include} directive
4786@cindex supporting files, including
4787@cindex files, including
4788This directive provides a way to include supporting files at specified
4789points in your source program. The code from @var{file} is assembled as
4790if it followed the point of the @code{.include}; when the end of the
4791included file is reached, assembly of the original file continues. You
4792can control the search paths used with the @samp{-I} command-line option
4793(@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}). Quotation marks are required
4794around @var{file}.
4795
4796@node Int
4797@section @code{.int @var{expressions}}
4798
4799@cindex @code{int} directive
4800@cindex integers, 32-bit
4801Expect zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section, separated by commas.
4802For each expression, emit a number that, at run time, is the value of that
4803expression. The byte order and bit size of the number depends on what kind
4804of target the assembly is for.
4805
4806@ifclear GENERIC
4807@ifset H8
7be1c489 4808On most forms of the H8/300, @code{.int} emits 16-bit
c2dcd04e 4809integers. On the H8/300H and the Renesas SH, however, @code{.int} emits
252b5132
RH
481032-bit integers.
4811@end ifset
4812@end ifclear
4813
c91d2e08
NC
4814@ifset ELF
4815@node Internal
4816@section @code{.internal @var{names}}
4817
c1253627
NC
4818@cindex @code{internal} directive
4819@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 4820This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
a349d9dd
PB
4821@code{.hidden} (@pxref{Hidden,,@code{.hidden}}) and
4822@code{.protected} (@pxref{Protected,,@code{.protected}}).
c91d2e08
NC
4823
4824This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
4825their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
4826@code{internal} which means that the symbols are considered to be @code{hidden}
c1253627 4827(i.e., not visible to other components), and that some extra, processor specific
c91d2e08
NC
4828processing must also be performed upon the symbols as well.
4829@end ifset
4830
252b5132
RH
4831@node Irp
4832@section @code{.irp @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
4833
4834@cindex @code{irp} directive
4835Evaluate a sequence of statements assigning different values to @var{symbol}.
4836The sequence of statements starts at the @code{.irp} directive, and is
4837terminated by an @code{.endr} directive. For each @var{value}, @var{symbol} is
4838set to @var{value}, and the sequence of statements is assembled. If no
4839@var{value} is listed, the sequence of statements is assembled once, with
4840@var{symbol} set to the null string. To refer to @var{symbol} within the
4841sequence of statements, use @var{\symbol}.
4842
4843For example, assembling
4844
4845@example
4846 .irp param,1,2,3
4847 move d\param,sp@@-
4848 .endr
4849@end example
4850
4851is equivalent to assembling
4852
4853@example
4854 move d1,sp@@-
4855 move d2,sp@@-
4856 move d3,sp@@-
4857@end example
4858
96e9638b 4859For some caveats with the spelling of @var{symbol}, see also @ref{Macro}.
5e75c3ab 4860
252b5132
RH
4861@node Irpc
4862@section @code{.irpc @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
4863
4864@cindex @code{irpc} directive
4865Evaluate a sequence of statements assigning different values to @var{symbol}.
4866The sequence of statements starts at the @code{.irpc} directive, and is
4867terminated by an @code{.endr} directive. For each character in @var{value},
4868@var{symbol} is set to the character, and the sequence of statements is
4869assembled. If no @var{value} is listed, the sequence of statements is
4870assembled once, with @var{symbol} set to the null string. To refer to
4871@var{symbol} within the sequence of statements, use @var{\symbol}.
4872
4873For example, assembling
4874
4875@example
4876 .irpc param,123
4877 move d\param,sp@@-
4878 .endr
4879@end example
4880
4881is equivalent to assembling
4882
4883@example
4884 move d1,sp@@-
4885 move d2,sp@@-
4886 move d3,sp@@-
4887@end example
4888
5e75c3ab
JB
4889For some caveats with the spelling of @var{symbol}, see also the discussion
4890at @xref{Macro}.
4891
252b5132
RH
4892@node Lcomm
4893@section @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}}
4894
4895@cindex @code{lcomm} directive
4896@cindex local common symbols
4897@cindex symbols, local common
4898Reserve @var{length} (an absolute expression) bytes for a local common
4899denoted by @var{symbol}. The section and value of @var{symbol} are
4900those of the new local common. The addresses are allocated in the bss
4901section, so that at run-time the bytes start off zeroed. @var{Symbol}
4902is not declared global (@pxref{Global,,@code{.global}}), so is normally
4903not visible to @code{@value{LD}}.
4904
4905@ifset GENERIC
4906Some targets permit a third argument to be used with @code{.lcomm}. This
4907argument specifies the desired alignment of the symbol in the bss section.
4908@end ifset
4909
4910@ifset HPPA
4911The syntax for @code{.lcomm} differs slightly on the HPPA. The syntax is
4912@samp{@var{symbol} .lcomm, @var{length}}; @var{symbol} is optional.
4913@end ifset
4914
4915@node Lflags
4916@section @code{.lflags}
4917
4918@cindex @code{lflags} directive (ignored)
a4fb0134 4919@command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive, for compatibility with other
252b5132
RH
4920assemblers, but ignores it.
4921
4922@ifclear no-line-dir
4923@node Line
4924@section @code{.line @var{line-number}}
4925
4926@cindex @code{line} directive
4927@end ifclear
4928@ifset no-line-dir
4929@node Ln
4930@section @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
4931
4932@cindex @code{ln} directive
4933@end ifset
4934@cindex logical line number
4935@ifset aout-bout
4936Change the logical line number. @var{line-number} must be an absolute
4937expression. The next line has that logical line number. Therefore any other
4938statements on the current line (after a statement separator character) are
4939reported as on logical line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1. One day
a4fb0134 4940@command{@value{AS}} will no longer support this directive: it is recognized only
252b5132
RH
4941for compatibility with existing assembler programs.
4942
252b5132
RH
4943@end ifset
4944
4945@ifclear no-line-dir
4946Even though this is a directive associated with the @code{a.out} or
a4fb0134 4947@code{b.out} object-code formats, @command{@value{AS}} still recognizes it
252b5132
RH
4948when producing COFF output, and treats @samp{.line} as though it
4949were the COFF @samp{.ln} @emph{if} it is found outside a
4950@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair.
4951
4952Inside a @code{.def}, @samp{.line} is, instead, one of the directives
4953used by compilers to generate auxiliary symbol information for
4954debugging.
4955@end ifclear
4956
4957@node Linkonce
4958@section @code{.linkonce [@var{type}]}
4959@cindex COMDAT
4960@cindex @code{linkonce} directive
4961@cindex common sections
4962Mark the current section so that the linker only includes a single copy of it.
4963This may be used to include the same section in several different object files,
4964but ensure that the linker will only include it once in the final output file.
4965The @code{.linkonce} pseudo-op must be used for each instance of the section.
4966Duplicate sections are detected based on the section name, so it should be
4967unique.
4968
4969This directive is only supported by a few object file formats; as of this
4970writing, the only object file format which supports it is the Portable
4971Executable format used on Windows NT.
4972
4973The @var{type} argument is optional. If specified, it must be one of the
4974following strings. For example:
4975@smallexample
4976.linkonce same_size
4977@end smallexample
4978Not all types may be supported on all object file formats.
4979
4980@table @code
4981@item discard
4982Silently discard duplicate sections. This is the default.
4983
4984@item one_only
4985Warn if there are duplicate sections, but still keep only one copy.
4986
4987@item same_size
4988Warn if any of the duplicates have different sizes.
4989
4990@item same_contents
4991Warn if any of the duplicates do not have exactly the same contents.
4992@end table
4993
4994@node Ln
4995@section @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
4996
4997@cindex @code{ln} directive
4998@ifclear no-line-dir
4999@samp{.ln} is a synonym for @samp{.line}.
5000@end ifclear
5001@ifset no-line-dir
a4fb0134 5002Tell @command{@value{AS}} to change the logical line number. @var{line-number}
252b5132
RH
5003must be an absolute expression. The next line has that logical
5004line number, so any other statements on the current line (after a
5005statement separator character @code{;}) are reported as on logical
5006line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1.
5007@ifset BOUT
5008
a4fb0134 5009This directive is accepted, but ignored, when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132
RH
5010configured for @code{b.out}; its effect is only associated with COFF
5011output format.
5012@end ifset
5013@end ifset
5014
5015@node MRI
5016@section @code{.mri @var{val}}
5017
5018@cindex @code{mri} directive
5019@cindex MRI mode, temporarily
a4fb0134
SC
5020If @var{val} is non-zero, this tells @command{@value{AS}} to enter MRI mode. If
5021@var{val} is zero, this tells @command{@value{AS}} to exit MRI mode. This change
252b5132
RH
5022affects code assembled until the next @code{.mri} directive, or until the end
5023of the file. @xref{M, MRI mode, MRI mode}.
5024
4d4175af
BW
5025@ifset ELF
5026@node Local
5027@section @code{.local @var{names}}
5028
5029@cindex @code{local} directive
5030This directive, which is available for ELF targets, marks each symbol in
5031the comma-separated list of @code{names} as a local symbol so that it
5032will not be externally visible. If the symbols do not already exist,
5033they will be created.
5034
5035For targets where the @code{.lcomm} directive (@pxref{Lcomm}) does not
5036accept an alignment argument, which is the case for most ELF targets,
5037the @code{.local} directive can be used in combination with @code{.comm}
5038(@pxref{Comm}) to define aligned local common data.
5039@end ifset
5040
252b5132
RH
5041@node List
5042@section @code{.list}
5043
5044@cindex @code{list} directive
5045@cindex listing control, turning on
5046Control (in conjunction with the @code{.nolist} directive) whether or
5047not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an
5048internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the
5049counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are
5050generated whenever the counter is greater than zero.
5051
5052By default, listings are disabled. When you enable them (with the
5053@samp{-a} command line option; @pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}),
5054the initial value of the listing counter is one.
5055
5056@node Long
5057@section @code{.long @var{expressions}}
5058
5059@cindex @code{long} directive
96e9638b 5060@code{.long} is the same as @samp{.int}. @xref{Int,,@code{.int}}.
252b5132
RH
5061
5062@ignore
5063@c no one seems to know what this is for or whether this description is
5064@c what it really ought to do
5065@node Lsym
5066@section @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5067
5068@cindex @code{lsym} directive
5069@cindex symbol, not referenced in assembly
5070@code{.lsym} creates a new symbol named @var{symbol}, but does not put it in
5071the hash table, ensuring it cannot be referenced by name during the
5072rest of the assembly. This sets the attributes of the symbol to be
5073the same as the expression value:
5074@smallexample
5075@var{other} = @var{descriptor} = 0
5076@var{type} = @r{(section of @var{expression})}
5077@var{value} = @var{expression}
5078@end smallexample
5079@noindent
5080The new symbol is not flagged as external.
5081@end ignore
5082
5083@node Macro
5084@section @code{.macro}
5085
5086@cindex macros
5087The commands @code{.macro} and @code{.endm} allow you to define macros that
5088generate assembly output. For example, this definition specifies a macro
5089@code{sum} that puts a sequence of numbers into memory:
5090
5091@example
5092 .macro sum from=0, to=5
5093 .long \from
5094 .if \to-\from
5095 sum "(\from+1)",\to
5096 .endif
5097 .endm
5098@end example
5099
5100@noindent
5101With that definition, @samp{SUM 0,5} is equivalent to this assembly input:
5102
5103@example
5104 .long 0
5105 .long 1
5106 .long 2
5107 .long 3
5108 .long 4
5109 .long 5
5110@end example
5111
5112@ftable @code
5113@item .macro @var{macname}
5114@itemx .macro @var{macname} @var{macargs} @dots{}
5115@cindex @code{macro} directive
5116Begin the definition of a macro called @var{macname}. If your macro
5117definition requires arguments, specify their names after the macro name,
6eaeac8a
JB
5118separated by commas or spaces. You can qualify the macro argument to
5119indicate whether all invocations must specify a non-blank value (through
5120@samp{:@code{req}}), or whether it takes all of the remaining arguments
5121(through @samp{:@code{vararg}}). You can supply a default value for any
fffeaa5f
JB
5122macro argument by following the name with @samp{=@var{deflt}}. You
5123cannot define two macros with the same @var{macname} unless it has been
96e9638b 5124subject to the @code{.purgem} directive (@pxref{Purgem}) between the two
fffeaa5f 5125definitions. For example, these are all valid @code{.macro} statements:
252b5132
RH
5126
5127@table @code
5128@item .macro comm
5129Begin the definition of a macro called @code{comm}, which takes no
5130arguments.
5131
6258339f 5132@item .macro plus1 p, p1
252b5132
RH
5133@itemx .macro plus1 p p1
5134Either statement begins the definition of a macro called @code{plus1},
5135which takes two arguments; within the macro definition, write
5136@samp{\p} or @samp{\p1} to evaluate the arguments.
5137
5138@item .macro reserve_str p1=0 p2
5139Begin the definition of a macro called @code{reserve_str}, with two
5140arguments. The first argument has a default value, but not the second.
5141After the definition is complete, you can call the macro either as
5142@samp{reserve_str @var{a},@var{b}} (with @samp{\p1} evaluating to
5143@var{a} and @samp{\p2} evaluating to @var{b}), or as @samp{reserve_str
5144,@var{b}} (with @samp{\p1} evaluating as the default, in this case
5145@samp{0}, and @samp{\p2} evaluating to @var{b}).
252b5132 5146
6eaeac8a
JB
5147@item .macro m p1:req, p2=0, p3:vararg
5148Begin the definition of a macro called @code{m}, with at least three
5149arguments. The first argument must always have a value specified, but
5150not the second, which instead has a default value. The third formal
5151will get assigned all remaining arguments specified at invocation time.
5152
252b5132
RH
5153When you call a macro, you can specify the argument values either by
5154position, or by keyword. For example, @samp{sum 9,17} is equivalent to
5155@samp{sum to=17, from=9}.
5156
6258339f
NC
5157@end table
5158
5e75c3ab
JB
5159Note that since each of the @var{macargs} can be an identifier exactly
5160as any other one permitted by the target architecture, there may be
5161occasional problems if the target hand-crafts special meanings to certain
6258339f 5162characters when they occur in a special position. For example, if the colon
5e75c3ab 5163(@code{:}) is generally permitted to be part of a symbol name, but the
6258339f 5164architecture specific code special-cases it when occurring as the final
5e75c3ab
JB
5165character of a symbol (to denote a label), then the macro parameter
5166replacement code will have no way of knowing that and consider the whole
5167construct (including the colon) an identifier, and check only this
6258339f
NC
5168identifier for being the subject to parameter substitution. So for example
5169this macro definition:
5170
5171@example
5172 .macro label l
5173\l:
5174 .endm
5175@end example
5176
5177might not work as expected. Invoking @samp{label foo} might not create a label
5178called @samp{foo} but instead just insert the text @samp{\l:} into the
5179assembler source, probably generating an error about an unrecognised
5180identifier.
5181
5182Similarly problems might occur with the period character (@samp{.})
5183which is often allowed inside opcode names (and hence identifier names). So
5184for example constructing a macro to build an opcode from a base name and a
5185length specifier like this:
5186
5187@example
5188 .macro opcode base length
5189 \base.\length
5190 .endm
5191@end example
5192
5193and invoking it as @samp{opcode store l} will not create a @samp{store.l}
5194instruction but instead generate some kind of error as the assembler tries to
5195interpret the text @samp{\base.\length}.
5196
5197There are several possible ways around this problem:
5198
5199@table @code
5200@item Insert white space
5201If it is possible to use white space characters then this is the simplest
5202solution. eg:
5203
5204@example
5205 .macro label l
5206\l :
5207 .endm
5208@end example
5209
5210@item Use @samp{\()}
5211The string @samp{\()} can be used to separate the end of a macro argument from
5212the following text. eg:
5213
5214@example
5215 .macro opcode base length
5216 \base\().\length
5217 .endm
5218@end example
5219
5220@item Use the alternate macro syntax mode
5221In the alternative macro syntax mode the ampersand character (@samp{&}) can be
5222used as a separator. eg:
5e75c3ab
JB
5223
5224@example
5225 .altmacro
5226 .macro label l
5227l&:
5228 .endm
5229@end example
6258339f 5230@end table
5e75c3ab 5231
96e9638b
BW
5232Note: this problem of correctly identifying string parameters to pseudo ops
5233also applies to the identifiers used in @code{.irp} (@pxref{Irp})
5234and @code{.irpc} (@pxref{Irpc}) as well.
5e75c3ab 5235
252b5132
RH
5236@item .endm
5237@cindex @code{endm} directive
5238Mark the end of a macro definition.
5239
5240@item .exitm
5241@cindex @code{exitm} directive
5242Exit early from the current macro definition.
5243
5244@cindex number of macros executed
5245@cindex macros, count executed
5246@item \@@
a4fb0134 5247@command{@value{AS}} maintains a counter of how many macros it has
252b5132
RH
5248executed in this pseudo-variable; you can copy that number to your
5249output with @samp{\@@}, but @emph{only within a macro definition}.
5250
252b5132
RH
5251@item LOCAL @var{name} [ , @dots{} ]
5252@emph{Warning: @code{LOCAL} is only available if you select ``alternate
caa32fe5
NC
5253macro syntax'' with @samp{--alternate} or @code{.altmacro}.}
5254@xref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
5255@end ftable
252b5132 5256
caa32fe5
NC
5257@node Altmacro
5258@section @code{.altmacro}
5259Enable alternate macro mode, enabling:
5260
5261@ftable @code
5262@item LOCAL @var{name} [ , @dots{} ]
5263One additional directive, @code{LOCAL}, is available. It is used to
5264generate a string replacement for each of the @var{name} arguments, and
252b5132
RH
5265replace any instances of @var{name} in each macro expansion. The
5266replacement string is unique in the assembly, and different for each
5267separate macro expansion. @code{LOCAL} allows you to write macros that
5268define symbols, without fear of conflict between separate macro expansions.
caa32fe5
NC
5269
5270@item String delimiters
5271You can write strings delimited in these other ways besides
5272@code{"@var{string}"}:
5273
5274@table @code
5275@item '@var{string}'
b45619c0 5276You can delimit strings with single-quote characters.
caa32fe5
NC
5277
5278@item <@var{string}>
5279You can delimit strings with matching angle brackets.
5280@end table
5281
5282@item single-character string escape
5283To include any single character literally in a string (even if the
5284character would otherwise have some special meaning), you can prefix the
5285character with @samp{!} (an exclamation mark). For example, you can
5286write @samp{<4.3 !> 5.4!!>} to get the literal text @samp{4.3 > 5.4!}.
5287
5288@item Expression results as strings
5289You can write @samp{%@var{expr}} to evaluate the expression @var{expr}
5290and use the result as a string.
252b5132
RH
5291@end ftable
5292
caa32fe5
NC
5293@node Noaltmacro
5294@section @code{.noaltmacro}
96e9638b 5295Disable alternate macro mode. @xref{Altmacro}.
caa32fe5 5296
252b5132
RH
5297@node Nolist
5298@section @code{.nolist}
5299
5300@cindex @code{nolist} directive
5301@cindex listing control, turning off
5302Control (in conjunction with the @code{.list} directive) whether or
5303not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an
5304internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the
5305counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are
5306generated whenever the counter is greater than zero.
5307
5308@node Octa
5309@section @code{.octa @var{bignums}}
5310
5311@c FIXME: double size emitted for "octa" on i960, others? Or warn?
5312@cindex @code{octa} directive
5313@cindex integer, 16-byte
5314@cindex sixteen byte integer
5315This directive expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For each
5316bignum, it emits a 16-byte integer.
5317
5318The term ``octa'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes;
5319hence @emph{octa}-word for 16 bytes.
5320
5321@node Org
5322@section @code{.org @var{new-lc} , @var{fill}}
5323
5324@cindex @code{org} directive
5325@cindex location counter, advancing
5326@cindex advancing location counter
5327@cindex current address, advancing
5328Advance the location counter of the current section to
5329@var{new-lc}. @var{new-lc} is either an absolute expression or an
5330expression with the same section as the current subsection. That is,
5331you can't use @code{.org} to cross sections: if @var{new-lc} has the
5332wrong section, the @code{.org} directive is ignored. To be compatible
5333with former assemblers, if the section of @var{new-lc} is absolute,
a4fb0134 5334@command{@value{AS}} issues a warning, then pretends the section of @var{new-lc}
252b5132
RH
5335is the same as the current subsection.
5336
5337@code{.org} may only increase the location counter, or leave it
5338unchanged; you cannot use @code{.org} to move the location counter
5339backwards.
5340
5341@c double negative used below "not undefined" because this is a specific
5342@c reference to "undefined" (as SEG_UNKNOWN is called in this manual)
5343@c section. doc@cygnus.com 18feb91
a4fb0134 5344Because @command{@value{AS}} tries to assemble programs in one pass, @var{new-lc}
252b5132
RH
5345may not be undefined. If you really detest this restriction we eagerly await
5346a chance to share your improved assembler.
5347
5348Beware that the origin is relative to the start of the section, not
5349to the start of the subsection. This is compatible with other
5350people's assemblers.
5351
5352When the location counter (of the current subsection) is advanced, the
5353intervening bytes are filled with @var{fill} which should be an
5354absolute expression. If the comma and @var{fill} are omitted,
5355@var{fill} defaults to zero.
5356
5357@node P2align
5358@section @code{.p2align[wl] @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
5359
5360@cindex padding the location counter given a power of two
5361@cindex @code{p2align} directive
5362Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular
5363storage boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the
5364number of low-order zero bits the location counter must have after
5365advancement. For example @samp{.p2align 3} advances the location
5366counter until it a multiple of 8. If the location counter is already a
5367multiple of 8, no change is needed.
5368
5369The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
5370padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
5371padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
5372marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
5373with no-op instructions.
5374
5375The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
5376it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
5377directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
5378specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
5379fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
5380required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
5381with no-op instructions when appropriate.
5382
5383@cindex @code{p2alignw} directive
5384@cindex @code{p2alignl} directive
5385The @code{.p2alignw} and @code{.p2alignl} directives are variants of the
5386@code{.p2align} directive. The @code{.p2alignw} directive treats the fill
5387pattern as a two byte word value. The @code{.p2alignl} directives treats the
5388fill pattern as a four byte longword value. For example, @code{.p2alignw
53892,0x368d} will align to a multiple of 4. If it skips two bytes, they will be
5390filled in with the value 0x368d (the exact placement of the bytes depends upon
5391the endianness of the processor). If it skips 1 or 3 bytes, the fill value is
5392undefined.
5393
c91d2e08
NC
5394@ifset ELF
5395@node Previous
5396@section @code{.previous}
5397
c1253627 5398@cindex @code{previous} directive
c91d2e08
NC
5399@cindex Section Stack
5400This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
a349d9dd
PB
5401@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
5402@code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}), and @code{.popsection}
5403(@pxref{PopSection}).
c91d2e08
NC
5404
5405This directive swaps the current section (and subsection) with most recently
8b040e0a 5406referenced section/subsection pair prior to this one. Multiple
c91d2e08 5407@code{.previous} directives in a row will flip between two sections (and their
8b040e0a
NC
5408subsections). For example:
5409
5410@smallexample
5411.section A
5412 .subsection 1
5413 .word 0x1234
5414 .subsection 2
5415 .word 0x5678
5416.previous
5417 .word 0x9abc
5418@end smallexample
5419
5420Will place 0x1234 and 0x9abc into subsection 1 and 0x5678 into subsection 2 of
5421section A. Whilst:
5422
5423@smallexample
5424.section A
5425.subsection 1
5426 # Now in section A subsection 1
5427 .word 0x1234
5428.section B
5429.subsection 0
5430 # Now in section B subsection 0
5431 .word 0x5678
5432.subsection 1
5433 # Now in section B subsection 1
5434 .word 0x9abc
5435.previous
5436 # Now in section B subsection 0
5437 .word 0xdef0
5438@end smallexample
5439
5440Will place 0x1234 into section A, 0x5678 and 0xdef0 into subsection 0 of
5441section B and 0x9abc into subsection 1 of section B.
c91d2e08
NC
5442
5443In terms of the section stack, this directive swaps the current section with
5444the top section on the section stack.
5445@end ifset
5446
5447@ifset ELF
5448@node PopSection
5449@section @code{.popsection}
5450
c1253627 5451@cindex @code{popsection} directive
c91d2e08
NC
5452@cindex Section Stack
5453This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
a349d9dd
PB
5454@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
5455@code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}), and @code{.previous}
5456(@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08
NC
5457
5458This directive replaces the current section (and subsection) with the top
5459section (and subsection) on the section stack. This section is popped off the
5460stack.
c91d2e08
NC
5461@end ifset
5462
252b5132
RH
5463@node Print
5464@section @code{.print @var{string}}
5465
5466@cindex @code{print} directive
a4fb0134 5467@command{@value{AS}} will print @var{string} on the standard output during
252b5132
RH
5468assembly. You must put @var{string} in double quotes.
5469
c91d2e08
NC
5470@ifset ELF
5471@node Protected
5472@section @code{.protected @var{names}}
5473
c1253627
NC
5474@cindex @code{protected} directive
5475@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 5476This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
a349d9dd 5477@code{.hidden} (@pxref{Hidden}) and @code{.internal} (@pxref{Internal}).
c91d2e08
NC
5478
5479This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
5480their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
5481@code{protected} which means that any references to the symbols from within the
5482components that defines them must be resolved to the definition in that
5483component, even if a definition in another component would normally preempt
5484this.
5485@end ifset
5486
252b5132
RH
5487@node Psize
5488@section @code{.psize @var{lines} , @var{columns}}
5489
5490@cindex @code{psize} directive
5491@cindex listing control: paper size
5492@cindex paper size, for listings
5493Use this directive to declare the number of lines---and, optionally, the
5494number of columns---to use for each page, when generating listings.
5495
5496If you do not use @code{.psize}, listings use a default line-count
5497of 60. You may omit the comma and @var{columns} specification; the
5498default width is 200 columns.
5499
a4fb0134 5500@command{@value{AS}} generates formfeeds whenever the specified number of
252b5132
RH
5501lines is exceeded (or whenever you explicitly request one, using
5502@code{.eject}).
5503
5504If you specify @var{lines} as @code{0}, no formfeeds are generated save
5505those explicitly specified with @code{.eject}.
5506
5507@node Purgem
5508@section @code{.purgem @var{name}}
5509
5510@cindex @code{purgem} directive
5511Undefine the macro @var{name}, so that later uses of the string will not be
5512expanded. @xref{Macro}.
5513
c91d2e08
NC
5514@ifset ELF
5515@node PushSection
9cfc3331 5516@section @code{.pushsection @var{name} [, @var{subsection}] [, "@var{flags}"[, @@@var{type}[,@var{arguments}]]]}
c91d2e08 5517
c1253627 5518@cindex @code{pushsection} directive
c91d2e08
NC
5519@cindex Section Stack
5520This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
a349d9dd
PB
5521@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
5522@code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and @code{.previous}
5523(@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08 5524
e9863d7f
DJ
5525This directive pushes the current section (and subsection) onto the
5526top of the section stack, and then replaces the current section and
9cfc3331
L
5527subsection with @code{name} and @code{subsection}. The optional
5528@code{flags}, @code{type} and @code{arguments} are treated the same
5529as in the @code{.section} (@pxref{Section}) directive.
c91d2e08
NC
5530@end ifset
5531
252b5132
RH
5532@node Quad
5533@section @code{.quad @var{bignums}}
5534
5535@cindex @code{quad} directive
5536@code{.quad} expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For
5537each bignum, it emits
5538@ifclear bignum-16
5539an 8-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 8 bytes, it prints a
5540warning message; and just takes the lowest order 8 bytes of the bignum.
5541@cindex eight-byte integer
5542@cindex integer, 8-byte
5543
5544The term ``quad'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes;
5545hence @emph{quad}-word for 8 bytes.
5546@end ifclear
5547@ifset bignum-16
5548a 16-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 16 bytes, it prints a
5549warning message; and just takes the lowest order 16 bytes of the bignum.
5550@cindex sixteen-byte integer
5551@cindex integer, 16-byte
5552@end ifset
5553
05e9452c
AM
5554@node Reloc
5555@section @code{.reloc @var{offset}, @var{reloc_name}[, @var{expression}]}
5556
5557@cindex @code{reloc} directive
5558Generate a relocation at @var{offset} of type @var{reloc_name} with value
5559@var{expression}. If @var{offset} is a number, the relocation is generated in
5560the current section. If @var{offset} is an expression that resolves to a
5561symbol plus offset, the relocation is generated in the given symbol's section.
5562@var{expression}, if present, must resolve to a symbol plus addend or to an
5563absolute value, but note that not all targets support an addend. e.g. ELF REL
5564targets such as i386 store an addend in the section contents rather than in the
5565relocation. This low level interface does not support addends stored in the
5566section.
5567
252b5132
RH
5568@node Rept
5569@section @code{.rept @var{count}}
5570
5571@cindex @code{rept} directive
5572Repeat the sequence of lines between the @code{.rept} directive and the next
5573@code{.endr} directive @var{count} times.
5574
5575For example, assembling
5576
5577@example
5578 .rept 3
5579 .long 0
5580 .endr
5581@end example
5582
5583is equivalent to assembling
5584
5585@example
5586 .long 0
5587 .long 0
5588 .long 0
5589@end example
5590
5591@node Sbttl
5592@section @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"}
5593
5594@cindex @code{sbttl} directive
5595@cindex subtitles for listings
5596@cindex listing control: subtitle
5597Use @var{subheading} as the title (third line, immediately after the
5598title line) when generating assembly listings.
5599
5600This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if
5601it appears within ten lines of the top of a page.
5602
5603@ifset COFF
5604@node Scl
5605@section @code{.scl @var{class}}
5606
5607@cindex @code{scl} directive
5608@cindex symbol storage class (COFF)
5609@cindex COFF symbol storage class
5610Set the storage-class value for a symbol. This directive may only be
5611used inside a @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair. Storage class may flag
5612whether a symbol is static or external, or it may record further
5613symbolic debugging information.
5614@ifset BOUT
5615
5616The @samp{.scl} directive is primarily associated with COFF output; when
a4fb0134 5617configured to generate @code{b.out} output format, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
5618accepts this directive but ignores it.
5619@end ifset
5620@end ifset
5621
c1253627 5622@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 5623@node Section
c1253627 5624@section @code{.section @var{name}}
252b5132 5625
252b5132
RH
5626@cindex named section
5627Use the @code{.section} directive to assemble the following code into a section
5628named @var{name}.
5629
5630This directive is only supported for targets that actually support arbitrarily
5631named sections; on @code{a.out} targets, for example, it is not accepted, even
5632with a standard @code{a.out} section name.
5633
c1253627
NC
5634@ifset COFF
5635@ifset ELF
5636@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
5637@subheading COFF Version
5638@end ifset
5639
5640@cindex @code{section} directive (COFF version)
252b5132
RH
5641For COFF targets, the @code{.section} directive is used in one of the following
5642ways:
c91d2e08 5643
252b5132
RH
5644@smallexample
5645.section @var{name}[, "@var{flags}"]
4e188d17 5646.section @var{name}[, @var{subsection}]
252b5132
RH
5647@end smallexample
5648
5649If the optional argument is quoted, it is taken as flags to use for the
5650section. Each flag is a single character. The following flags are recognized:
5651@table @code
5652@item b
5653bss section (uninitialized data)
5654@item n
5655section is not loaded
5656@item w
5657writable section
5658@item d
5659data section
5660@item r
5661read-only section
5662@item x
5663executable section
2dcc60be
ILT
5664@item s
5665shared section (meaningful for PE targets)
6ff96af6
NC
5666@item a
5667ignored. (For compatibility with the ELF version)
252b5132
RH
5668@end table
5669
5670If no flags are specified, the default flags depend upon the section name. If
5671the section name is not recognized, the default will be for the section to be
7e84d676
NC
5672loaded and writable. Note the @code{n} and @code{w} flags remove attributes
5673from the section, rather than adding them, so if they are used on their own it
5674will be as if no flags had been specified at all.
252b5132
RH
5675
5676If the optional argument to the @code{.section} directive is not quoted, it is
4e188d17 5677taken as a subsection number (@pxref{Sub-Sections}).
c1253627 5678@end ifset
252b5132
RH
5679
5680@ifset ELF
c1253627
NC
5681@ifset COFF
5682@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
5683@subheading ELF Version
5684@end ifset
5685
c91d2e08
NC
5686@cindex Section Stack
5687This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
a349d9dd
PB
5688@code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}), @code{.pushsection}
5689(@pxref{PushSection}), @code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and
5690@code{.previous} (@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08 5691
c1253627 5692@cindex @code{section} directive (ELF version)
252b5132 5693For ELF targets, the @code{.section} directive is used like this:
c91d2e08 5694
252b5132 5695@smallexample
7047dd1e 5696.section @var{name} [, "@var{flags}"[, @@@var{type}[,@var{flag_specific_arguments}]]]
252b5132 5697@end smallexample
c91d2e08 5698
252b5132 5699The optional @var{flags} argument is a quoted string which may contain any
a349d9dd 5700combination of the following characters:
252b5132
RH
5701@table @code
5702@item a
5703section is allocatable
5704@item w
5705section is writable
5706@item x
5707section is executable
ec38dd05
JJ
5708@item M
5709section is mergeable
5710@item S
5711section contains zero terminated strings
22fe14ad
NC
5712@item G
5713section is a member of a section group
5714@item T
5715section is used for thread-local-storage
252b5132
RH
5716@end table
5717
5718The optional @var{type} argument may contain one of the following constants:
5719@table @code
5720@item @@progbits
5721section contains data
5722@item @@nobits
5723section does not contain data (i.e., section only occupies space)
22fe14ad
NC
5724@item @@note
5725section contains data which is used by things other than the program
10b016c2
PB
5726@item @@init_array
5727section contains an array of pointers to init functions
5728@item @@fini_array
5729section contains an array of pointers to finish functions
5730@item @@preinit_array
5731section contains an array of pointers to pre-init functions
252b5132
RH
5732@end table
5733
10b016c2
PB
5734Many targets only support the first three section types.
5735
ececec60
NC
5736Note on targets where the @code{@@} character is the start of a comment (eg
5737ARM) then another character is used instead. For example the ARM port uses the
5738@code{%} character.
5739
22fe14ad 5740If @var{flags} contains the @code{M} symbol then the @var{type} argument must
96e9638b 5741be specified as well as an extra argument---@var{entsize}---like this:
22fe14ad
NC
5742
5743@smallexample
5744.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"M, @@@var{type}, @var{entsize}
5745@end smallexample
5746
5747Sections with the @code{M} flag but not @code{S} flag must contain fixed size
5748constants, each @var{entsize} octets long. Sections with both @code{M} and
5749@code{S} must contain zero terminated strings where each character is
5750@var{entsize} bytes long. The linker may remove duplicates within sections with
5751the same name, same entity size and same flags. @var{entsize} must be an
5752absolute expression.
5753
5754If @var{flags} contains the @code{G} symbol then the @var{type} argument must
5755be present along with an additional field like this:
5756
5757@smallexample
5758.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"G, @@@var{type}, @var{GroupName}[, @var{linkage}]
5759@end smallexample
5760
5761The @var{GroupName} field specifies the name of the section group to which this
5762particular section belongs. The optional linkage field can contain:
5763@table @code
5764@item comdat
5765indicates that only one copy of this section should be retained
5766@item .gnu.linkonce
5767an alias for comdat
5768@end table
5769
96e9638b 5770Note: if both the @var{M} and @var{G} flags are present then the fields for
22fe14ad
NC
5771the Merge flag should come first, like this:
5772
5773@smallexample
5774.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"MG, @@@var{type}, @var{entsize}, @var{GroupName}[, @var{linkage}]
5775@end smallexample
ec38dd05 5776
252b5132
RH
5777If no flags are specified, the default flags depend upon the section name. If
5778the section name is not recognized, the default will be for the section to have
5779none of the above flags: it will not be allocated in memory, nor writable, nor
5780executable. The section will contain data.
5781
5782For ELF targets, the assembler supports another type of @code{.section}
5783directive for compatibility with the Solaris assembler:
c91d2e08 5784
252b5132
RH
5785@smallexample
5786.section "@var{name}"[, @var{flags}...]
5787@end smallexample
c91d2e08 5788
252b5132
RH
5789Note that the section name is quoted. There may be a sequence of comma
5790separated flags:
5791@table @code
5792@item #alloc
5793section is allocatable
5794@item #write
5795section is writable
5796@item #execinstr
5797section is executable
22fe14ad
NC
5798@item #tls
5799section is used for thread local storage
252b5132 5800@end table
c91d2e08 5801
e9863d7f
DJ
5802This directive replaces the current section and subsection. See the
5803contents of the gas testsuite directory @code{gas/testsuite/gas/elf} for
5804some examples of how this directive and the other section stack directives
5805work.
c1253627
NC
5806@end ifset
5807@end ifset
252b5132
RH
5808
5809@node Set
5810@section @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5811
5812@cindex @code{set} directive
5813@cindex symbol value, setting
5814Set the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}. This
5815changes @var{symbol}'s value and type to conform to
5816@var{expression}. If @var{symbol} was flagged as external, it remains
5817flagged (@pxref{Symbol Attributes}).
5818
5819You may @code{.set} a symbol many times in the same assembly.
5820
5821If you @code{.set} a global symbol, the value stored in the object
5822file is the last value stored into it.
5823
5824@ifset HPPA
5825The syntax for @code{set} on the HPPA is
5826@samp{@var{symbol} .set @var{expression}}.
5827@end ifset
5828
3c9b82ba
NC
5829@ifset Z80
5830On Z80 @code{set} is a real instruction, use
5831@samp{@var{symbol} defl @var{expression}} instead.
5832@end ifset
5833
252b5132
RH
5834@node Short
5835@section @code{.short @var{expressions}}
5836
5837@cindex @code{short} directive
5838@ifset GENERIC
5839@code{.short} is normally the same as @samp{.word}.
5840@xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
5841
5842In some configurations, however, @code{.short} and @code{.word} generate
96e9638b 5843numbers of different lengths. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
5844@end ifset
5845@ifclear GENERIC
5846@ifset W16
5847@code{.short} is the same as @samp{.word}. @xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
5848@end ifset
5849@ifset W32
5850This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits
5851a 16 bit number for each.
5852@end ifset
5853@end ifclear
5854
5855@node Single
5856@section @code{.single @var{flonums}}
5857
5858@cindex @code{single} directive
5859@cindex floating point numbers (single)
5860This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
5861has the same effect as @code{.float}.
5862@ifset GENERIC
5863The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 5864@command{@value{AS}} is configured. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
5865@end ifset
5866@ifclear GENERIC
5867@ifset IEEEFLOAT
5868On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.single} emits 32-bit floating point
5869numbers in @sc{ieee} format.
5870@end ifset
5871@end ifclear
5872
c1253627 5873@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 5874@node Size
c1253627 5875@section @code{.size}
c91d2e08 5876
c1253627
NC
5877This directive is used to set the size associated with a symbol.
5878
5879@ifset COFF
5880@ifset ELF
5881@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
5882@subheading COFF Version
5883@end ifset
5884
5885@cindex @code{size} directive (COFF version)
5886For COFF targets, the @code{.size} directive is only permitted inside
5887@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. It is used like this:
5888
5889@smallexample
5890.size @var{expression}
5891@end smallexample
252b5132 5892
c91d2e08 5893@ifset BOUT
252b5132 5894@samp{.size} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 5895@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
5896ignores it.
5897@end ifset
c1253627 5898@end ifset
c91d2e08 5899
c1253627
NC
5900@ifset ELF
5901@ifset COFF
5902@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
5903@subheading ELF Version
5904@end ifset
5905
5906@cindex @code{size} directive (ELF version)
5907For ELF targets, the @code{.size} directive is used like this:
c91d2e08 5908
c1253627
NC
5909@smallexample
5910.size @var{name} , @var{expression}
5911@end smallexample
5912
5913This directive sets the size associated with a symbol @var{name}.
c91d2e08
NC
5914The size in bytes is computed from @var{expression} which can make use of label
5915arithmetic. This directive is typically used to set the size of function
5916symbols.
c1253627
NC
5917@end ifset
5918@end ifset
252b5132
RH
5919
5920@node Sleb128
5921@section @code{.sleb128 @var{expressions}}
5922
5923@cindex @code{sleb128} directive
5924@var{sleb128} stands for ``signed little endian base 128.'' This is a
5925compact, variable length representation of numbers used by the DWARF
96e9638b 5926symbolic debugging format. @xref{Uleb128, ,@code{.uleb128}}.
252b5132
RH
5927
5928@ifclear no-space-dir
5929@node Skip
5930@section @code{.skip @var{size} , @var{fill}}
5931
5932@cindex @code{skip} directive
5933@cindex filling memory
5934This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both
5935@var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma and
5936@var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. This is the same as
5937@samp{.space}.
5938
5939@node Space
5940@section @code{.space @var{size} , @var{fill}}
5941
5942@cindex @code{space} directive
5943@cindex filling memory
5944This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both
5945@var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma
5946and @var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. This is the same
5947as @samp{.skip}.
5948
5949@ifset HPPA
5950@quotation
5951@emph{Warning:} @code{.space} has a completely different meaning for HPPA
5952targets; use @code{.block} as a substitute. See @cite{HP9000 Series 800
5953Assembly Language Reference Manual} (HP 92432-90001) for the meaning of the
5954@code{.space} directive. @xref{HPPA Directives,,HPPA Assembler Directives},
5955for a summary.
5956@end quotation
5957@end ifset
5958@end ifclear
5959
252b5132
RH
5960@ifset have-stabs
5961@node Stab
5962@section @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs}
5963
5964@cindex symbolic debuggers, information for
5965@cindex @code{stab@var{x}} directives
5966There are three directives that begin @samp{.stab}.
5967All emit symbols (@pxref{Symbols}), for use by symbolic debuggers.
a4fb0134 5968The symbols are not entered in the @command{@value{AS}} hash table: they
252b5132
RH
5969cannot be referenced elsewhere in the source file.
5970Up to five fields are required:
5971
5972@table @var
5973@item string
5974This is the symbol's name. It may contain any character except
5975@samp{\000}, so is more general than ordinary symbol names. Some
5976debuggers used to code arbitrarily complex structures into symbol names
5977using this field.
5978
5979@item type
5980An absolute expression. The symbol's type is set to the low 8 bits of
5981this expression. Any bit pattern is permitted, but @code{@value{LD}}
5982and debuggers choke on silly bit patterns.
5983
5984@item other
5985An absolute expression. The symbol's ``other'' attribute is set to the
5986low 8 bits of this expression.
5987
5988@item desc
5989An absolute expression. The symbol's descriptor is set to the low 16
5990bits of this expression.
5991
5992@item value
5993An absolute expression which becomes the symbol's value.
5994@end table
5995
5996If a warning is detected while reading a @code{.stabd}, @code{.stabn},
5997or @code{.stabs} statement, the symbol has probably already been created;
5998you get a half-formed symbol in your object file. This is
5999compatible with earlier assemblers!
6000
6001@table @code
6002@cindex @code{stabd} directive
6003@item .stabd @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc}
6004
6005The ``name'' of the symbol generated is not even an empty string.
6006It is a null pointer, for compatibility. Older assemblers used a
6007null pointer so they didn't waste space in object files with empty
6008strings.
6009
6010The symbol's value is set to the location counter,
6011relocatably. When your program is linked, the value of this symbol
6012is the address of the location counter when the @code{.stabd} was
6013assembled.
6014
6015@cindex @code{stabn} directive
6016@item .stabn @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value}
6017The name of the symbol is set to the empty string @code{""}.
6018
6019@cindex @code{stabs} directive
6020@item .stabs @var{string} , @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value}
6021All five fields are specified.
6022@end table
6023@end ifset
6024@c end have-stabs
6025
6026@node String
38a57ae7
NC
6027@section @code{.string} "@var{str}", @code{.string8} "@var{str}", @code{.string16}
6028"@var{str}", @code{.string32} "@var{str}", @code{.string64} "@var{str}"
252b5132
RH
6029
6030@cindex string, copying to object file
38a57ae7
NC
6031@cindex string8, copying to object file
6032@cindex string16, copying to object file
6033@cindex string32, copying to object file
6034@cindex string64, copying to object file
252b5132 6035@cindex @code{string} directive
38a57ae7
NC
6036@cindex @code{string8} directive
6037@cindex @code{string16} directive
6038@cindex @code{string32} directive
6039@cindex @code{string64} directive
252b5132
RH
6040
6041Copy the characters in @var{str} to the object file. You may specify more than
6042one string to copy, separated by commas. Unless otherwise specified for a
6043particular machine, the assembler marks the end of each string with a 0 byte.
6044You can use any of the escape sequences described in @ref{Strings,,Strings}.
6045
38a57ae7
NC
6046The variants @code{string16}, @code{string32} and @code{string64} differ from
6047the @code{string} pseudo opcode in that each 8-bit character from @var{str} is
6048copied and expanded to 16, 32 or 64 bits respectively. The expanded characters
6049are stored in target endianness byte order.
6050
6051Example:
6052@smallexample
6053 .string32 "BYE"
6054expands to:
6055 .string "B\0\0\0Y\0\0\0E\0\0\0" /* On little endian targets. */
6056 .string "\0\0\0B\0\0\0Y\0\0\0E" /* On big endian targets. */
6057@end smallexample
6058
6059
252b5132
RH
6060@node Struct
6061@section @code{.struct @var{expression}}
6062
6063@cindex @code{struct} directive
6064Switch to the absolute section, and set the section offset to @var{expression},
6065which must be an absolute expression. You might use this as follows:
6066@smallexample
6067 .struct 0
6068field1:
6069 .struct field1 + 4
6070field2:
6071 .struct field2 + 4
6072field3:
6073@end smallexample
6074This would define the symbol @code{field1} to have the value 0, the symbol
6075@code{field2} to have the value 4, and the symbol @code{field3} to have the
6076value 8. Assembly would be left in the absolute section, and you would need to
6077use a @code{.section} directive of some sort to change to some other section
6078before further assembly.
6079
c91d2e08
NC
6080@ifset ELF
6081@node SubSection
6082@section @code{.subsection @var{name}}
6083
c1253627 6084@cindex @code{subsection} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6085@cindex Section Stack
6086This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
a349d9dd
PB
6087@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}),
6088@code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and @code{.previous}
6089(@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08
NC
6090
6091This directive replaces the current subsection with @code{name}. The current
6092section is not changed. The replaced subsection is put onto the section stack
6093in place of the then current top of stack subsection.
c91d2e08
NC
6094@end ifset
6095
252b5132
RH
6096@ifset ELF
6097@node Symver
6098@section @code{.symver}
6099@cindex @code{symver} directive
6100@cindex symbol versioning
6101@cindex versions of symbols
6102Use the @code{.symver} directive to bind symbols to specific version nodes
6103within a source file. This is only supported on ELF platforms, and is
6104typically used when assembling files to be linked into a shared library.
6105There are cases where it may make sense to use this in objects to be bound
6106into an application itself so as to override a versioned symbol from a
6107shared library.
6108
79082ff0 6109For ELF targets, the @code{.symver} directive can be used like this:
252b5132
RH
6110@smallexample
6111.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@nodename}
6112@end smallexample
339681c0 6113If the symbol @var{name} is defined within the file
79082ff0 6114being assembled, the @code{.symver} directive effectively creates a symbol
252b5132
RH
6115alias with the name @var{name2@@nodename}, and in fact the main reason that we
6116just don't try and create a regular alias is that the @var{@@} character isn't
6117permitted in symbol names. The @var{name2} part of the name is the actual name
6118of the symbol by which it will be externally referenced. The name @var{name}
6119itself is merely a name of convenience that is used so that it is possible to
6120have definitions for multiple versions of a function within a single source
6121file, and so that the compiler can unambiguously know which version of a
6122function is being mentioned. The @var{nodename} portion of the alias should be
6123the name of a node specified in the version script supplied to the linker when
6124building a shared library. If you are attempting to override a versioned
6125symbol from a shared library, then @var{nodename} should correspond to the
6126nodename of the symbol you are trying to override.
339681c0
L
6127
6128If the symbol @var{name} is not defined within the file being assembled, all
6129references to @var{name} will be changed to @var{name2@@nodename}. If no
6130reference to @var{name} is made, @var{name2@@nodename} will be removed from the
6131symbol table.
79082ff0
L
6132
6133Another usage of the @code{.symver} directive is:
6134@smallexample
6135.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@@@nodename}
6136@end smallexample
6137In this case, the symbol @var{name} must exist and be defined within
a349d9dd 6138the file being assembled. It is similar to @var{name2@@nodename}. The
79082ff0
L
6139difference is @var{name2@@@@nodename} will also be used to resolve
6140references to @var{name2} by the linker.
6141
6142The third usage of the @code{.symver} directive is:
6143@smallexample
6144.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@@@@@nodename}
6145@end smallexample
6146When @var{name} is not defined within the
6147file being assembled, it is treated as @var{name2@@nodename}. When
6148@var{name} is defined within the file being assembled, the symbol
6149name, @var{name}, will be changed to @var{name2@@@@nodename}.
252b5132
RH
6150@end ifset
6151
6152@ifset COFF
6153@node Tag
6154@section @code{.tag @var{structname}}
6155
6156@cindex COFF structure debugging
6157@cindex structure debugging, COFF
6158@cindex @code{tag} directive
6159This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
6160information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside
6161@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. Tags are used to link structure
6162definitions in the symbol table with instances of those structures.
6163@ifset BOUT
6164
6165@samp{.tag} is only used when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 6166@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
6167ignores it.
6168@end ifset
6169@end ifset
6170
6171@node Text
6172@section @code{.text @var{subsection}}
6173
6174@cindex @code{text} directive
a4fb0134 6175Tells @command{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the end of
252b5132
RH
6176the text subsection numbered @var{subsection}, which is an absolute
6177expression. If @var{subsection} is omitted, subsection number zero
6178is used.
6179
6180@node Title
6181@section @code{.title "@var{heading}"}
6182
6183@cindex @code{title} directive
6184@cindex listing control: title line
6185Use @var{heading} as the title (second line, immediately after the
6186source file name and pagenumber) when generating assembly listings.
6187
6188This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if
6189it appears within ten lines of the top of a page.
6190
c1253627 6191@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6192@node Type
c1253627
NC
6193@section @code{.type}
6194
6195This directive is used to set the type of a symbol.
6196
6197@ifset COFF
6198@ifset ELF
6199@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6200@subheading COFF Version
6201@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6202
6203@cindex COFF symbol type
6204@cindex symbol type, COFF
c1253627
NC
6205@cindex @code{type} directive (COFF version)
6206For COFF targets, this directive is permitted only within
6207@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. It is used like this:
6208
6209@smallexample
6210.type @var{int}
6211@end smallexample
6212
6213This records the integer @var{int} as the type attribute of a symbol table
6214entry.
252b5132 6215
c91d2e08 6216@ifset BOUT
252b5132 6217@samp{.type} is associated only with COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 6218@command{@value{AS}} is configured for @code{b.out} output, it accepts this
252b5132
RH
6219directive but ignores it.
6220@end ifset
c1253627 6221@end ifset
c91d2e08 6222
c1253627
NC
6223@ifset ELF
6224@ifset COFF
6225@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6226@subheading ELF Version
6227@end ifset
c91d2e08
NC
6228
6229@cindex ELF symbol type
6230@cindex symbol type, ELF
c1253627
NC
6231@cindex @code{type} directive (ELF version)
6232For ELF targets, the @code{.type} directive is used like this:
6233
6234@smallexample
6235.type @var{name} , @var{type description}
6236@end smallexample
6237
6238This sets the type of symbol @var{name} to be either a
a349d9dd 6239function symbol or an object symbol. There are five different syntaxes
c91d2e08 6240supported for the @var{type description} field, in order to provide
28c9d252 6241compatibility with various other assemblers.
58ab4f3d
MM
6242
6243Because some of the characters used in these syntaxes (such as @samp{@@} and
6244@samp{#}) are comment characters for some architectures, some of the syntaxes
6245below do not work on all architectures. The first variant will be accepted by
6246the GNU assembler on all architectures so that variant should be used for
6247maximum portability, if you do not need to assemble your code with other
6248assemblers.
6249
6250The syntaxes supported are:
c91d2e08
NC
6251
6252@smallexample
5671778d
NC
6253 .type <name> STT_<TYPE_IN_UPPER_CASE>
6254 .type <name>,#<type>
6255 .type <name>,@@<type>
6256 .type <name>,%>type>
6257 .type <name>,"<type>"
6258@end smallexample
6259
6260The types supported are:
58ab4f3d 6261
5671778d
NC
6262@table @gcctabopt
6263@item STT_FUNC
6264@itemx function
6265Mark the symbol as being a function name.
c91d2e08 6266
5671778d
NC
6267@item STT_OBJECT
6268@itemx object
6269Mark the symbol as being a data object.
6270
6271@item STT_TLS
6272@itemx tls_object
6273Mark the symbol as being a thead-local data object.
6274
6275@item STT_COMMON
6276@itemx common
6277Mark the symbol as being a common data object.
6278@end table
6279
6280Note: Some targets support extra types in addition to those listed above.
c91d2e08 6281
c1253627
NC
6282@end ifset
6283@end ifset
c91d2e08
NC
6284
6285@node Uleb128
6286@section @code{.uleb128 @var{expressions}}
6287
6288@cindex @code{uleb128} directive
6289@var{uleb128} stands for ``unsigned little endian base 128.'' This is a
6290compact, variable length representation of numbers used by the DWARF
96e9638b 6291symbolic debugging format. @xref{Sleb128, ,@code{.sleb128}}.
252b5132
RH
6292
6293@ifset COFF
6294@node Val
6295@section @code{.val @var{addr}}
6296
6297@cindex @code{val} directive
6298@cindex COFF value attribute
6299@cindex value attribute, COFF
6300This directive, permitted only within @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs,
6301records the address @var{addr} as the value attribute of a symbol table
6302entry.
6303@ifset BOUT
6304
a4fb0134 6305@samp{.val} is used only for COFF output; when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132
RH
6306configured for @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but ignores it.
6307@end ifset
6308@end ifset
6309
2e13b764 6310@ifset ELF
c91d2e08
NC
6311@node Version
6312@section @code{.version "@var{string}"}
2e13b764 6313
c1253627 6314@cindex @code{version} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6315This directive creates a @code{.note} section and places into it an ELF
6316formatted note of type NT_VERSION. The note's name is set to @code{string}.
9a297610 6317@end ifset
2e13b764 6318
c91d2e08
NC
6319@ifset ELF
6320@node VTableEntry
6321@section @code{.vtable_entry @var{table}, @var{offset}}
2e13b764 6322
653cfe85 6323@cindex @code{vtable_entry} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6324This directive finds or creates a symbol @code{table} and creates a
6325@code{VTABLE_ENTRY} relocation for it with an addend of @code{offset}.
2e13b764 6326
c91d2e08
NC
6327@node VTableInherit
6328@section @code{.vtable_inherit @var{child}, @var{parent}}
2e13b764 6329
653cfe85 6330@cindex @code{vtable_inherit} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6331This directive finds the symbol @code{child} and finds or creates the symbol
6332@code{parent} and then creates a @code{VTABLE_INHERIT} relocation for the
a349d9dd 6333parent whose addend is the value of the child symbol. As a special case the
96e9638b 6334parent name of @code{0} is treated as referring to the @code{*ABS*} section.
c91d2e08 6335@end ifset
2e13b764 6336
d190d046
HPN
6337@node Warning
6338@section @code{.warning "@var{string}"}
6339@cindex warning directive
6340Similar to the directive @code{.error}
6341(@pxref{Error,,@code{.error "@var{string}"}}), but just emits a warning.
6342
c91d2e08
NC
6343@node Weak
6344@section @code{.weak @var{names}}
2e13b764 6345
c1253627 6346@cindex @code{weak} directive
a349d9dd 6347This directive sets the weak attribute on the comma separated list of symbol
c91d2e08 6348@code{names}. If the symbols do not already exist, they will be created.
c87db184 6349
977cdf5a
NC
6350On COFF targets other than PE, weak symbols are a GNU extension. This
6351directive sets the weak attribute on the comma separated list of symbol
c87db184
CF
6352@code{names}. If the symbols do not already exist, they will be created.
6353
977cdf5a
NC
6354On the PE target, weak symbols are supported natively as weak aliases.
6355When a weak symbol is created that is not an alias, GAS creates an
6356alternate symbol to hold the default value.
2e13b764 6357
06e77878
AO
6358@node Weakref
6359@section @code{.weakref @var{alias}, @var{target}}
6360
6361@cindex @code{weakref} directive
6362This directive creates an alias to the target symbol that enables the symbol to
6363be referenced with weak-symbol semantics, but without actually making it weak.
6364If direct references or definitions of the symbol are present, then the symbol
6365will not be weak, but if all references to it are through weak references, the
6366symbol will be marked as weak in the symbol table.
6367
6368The effect is equivalent to moving all references to the alias to a separate
6369assembly source file, renaming the alias to the symbol in it, declaring the
6370symbol as weak there, and running a reloadable link to merge the object files
6371resulting from the assembly of the new source file and the old source file that
6372had the references to the alias removed.
6373
6374The alias itself never makes to the symbol table, and is entirely handled
6375within the assembler.
6376
252b5132
RH
6377@node Word
6378@section @code{.word @var{expressions}}
6379
6380@cindex @code{word} directive
6381This directive expects zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section,
6382separated by commas.
6383@ifclear GENERIC
6384@ifset W32
a4fb0134 6385For each expression, @command{@value{AS}} emits a 32-bit number.
252b5132
RH
6386@end ifset
6387@ifset W16
a4fb0134 6388For each expression, @command{@value{AS}} emits a 16-bit number.
252b5132
RH
6389@end ifset
6390@end ifclear
6391@ifset GENERIC
6392
6393The size of the number emitted, and its byte order,
6394depend on what target computer the assembly is for.
6395@end ifset
6396
6397@c on amd29k, i960, sparc the "special treatment to support compilers" doesn't
6398@c happen---32-bit addressability, period; no long/short jumps.
6399@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
6400@cindex difference tables altered
6401@cindex altered difference tables
6402@quotation
6403@emph{Warning: Special Treatment to support Compilers}
6404@end quotation
6405
6406@ifset GENERIC
6407Machines with a 32-bit address space, but that do less than 32-bit
6408addressing, require the following special treatment. If the machine of
6409interest to you does 32-bit addressing (or doesn't require it;
6410@pxref{Machine Dependencies}), you can ignore this issue.
6411
6412@end ifset
6413In order to assemble compiler output into something that works,
a4fb0134 6414@command{@value{AS}} occasionally does strange things to @samp{.word} directives.
252b5132 6415Directives of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2} are often emitted by
a4fb0134 6416compilers as part of jump tables. Therefore, when @command{@value{AS}} assembles a
252b5132 6417directive of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2}, and the difference between
a4fb0134 6418@code{sym1} and @code{sym2} does not fit in 16 bits, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
6419creates a @dfn{secondary jump table}, immediately before the next label.
6420This secondary jump table is preceded by a short-jump to the
6421first byte after the secondary table. This short-jump prevents the flow
6422of control from accidentally falling into the new table. Inside the
6423table is a long-jump to @code{sym2}. The original @samp{.word}
6424contains @code{sym1} minus the address of the long-jump to
6425@code{sym2}.
6426
6427If there were several occurrences of @samp{.word sym1-sym2} before the
6428secondary jump table, all of them are adjusted. If there was a
6429@samp{.word sym3-sym4}, that also did not fit in sixteen bits, a
6430long-jump to @code{sym4} is included in the secondary jump table,
6431and the @code{.word} directives are adjusted to contain @code{sym3}
6432minus the address of the long-jump to @code{sym4}; and so on, for as many
6433entries in the original jump table as necessary.
6434
6435@ifset INTERNALS
a4fb0134 6436@emph{This feature may be disabled by compiling @command{@value{AS}} with the
252b5132
RH
6437@samp{-DWORKING_DOT_WORD} option.} This feature is likely to confuse
6438assembly language programmers.
6439@end ifset
6440@end ifset
6441@c end DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
6442
6443@node Deprecated
6444@section Deprecated Directives
6445
6446@cindex deprecated directives
6447@cindex obsolescent directives
6448One day these directives won't work.
6449They are included for compatibility with older assemblers.
6450@table @t
6451@item .abort
6452@item .line
6453@end table
6454
3a99f02f
DJ
6455@ifset ELF
6456@node Object Attributes
6457@chapter Object Attributes
6458@cindex object attributes
6459
6460@command{@value{AS}} assembles source files written for a specific architecture
6461into object files for that architecture. But not all object files are alike.
6462Many architectures support incompatible variations. For instance, floating
6463point arguments might be passed in floating point registers if the object file
6464requires hardware floating point support---or floating point arguments might be
6465passed in integer registers if the object file supports processors with no
6466hardware floating point unit. Or, if two objects are built for different
6467generations of the same architecture, the combination may require the
6468newer generation at run-time.
6469
6470This information is useful during and after linking. At link time,
6471@command{@value{LD}} can warn about incompatible object files. After link
6472time, tools like @command{gdb} can use it to process the linked file
6473correctly.
6474
6475Compatibility information is recorded as a series of object attributes. Each
6476attribute has a @dfn{vendor}, @dfn{tag}, and @dfn{value}. The vendor is a
6477string, and indicates who sets the meaning of the tag. The tag is an integer,
6478and indicates what property the attribute describes. The value may be a string
6479or an integer, and indicates how the property affects this object. Missing
6480attributes are the same as attributes with a zero value or empty string value.
6481
6482Object attributes were developed as part of the ABI for the ARM Architecture.
6483The file format is documented in @cite{ELF for the ARM Architecture}.
6484
6485@menu
6486* GNU Object Attributes:: @sc{gnu} Object Attributes
6487* Defining New Object Attributes:: Defining New Object Attributes
6488@end menu
6489
6490@node GNU Object Attributes
6491@section @sc{gnu} Object Attributes
6492
6493The @code{.gnu_attribute} directive records an object attribute
6494with vendor @samp{gnu}.
6495
6496Except for @samp{Tag_compatibility}, which has both an integer and a string for
6497its value, @sc{gnu} attributes have a string value if the tag number is odd and
6498an integer value if the tag number is even. The second bit (@code{@var{tag} &
64992} is set for architecture-independent attributes and clear for
6500architecture-dependent ones.
6501
6502@subsection Common @sc{gnu} attributes
6503
6504These attributes are valid on all architectures.
6505
6506@table @r
6507@item Tag_compatibility (32)
6508The compatibility attribute takes an integer flag value and a vendor name. If
6509the flag value is 0, the file is compatible with other toolchains. If it is 1,
6510then the file is only compatible with the named toolchain. If it is greater
6511than 1, the file can only be processed by other toolchains under some private
6512arrangement indicated by the flag value and the vendor name.
6513@end table
6514
6515@subsection MIPS Attributes
6516
6517@table @r
6518@item Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP (4)
6519The floating-point ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
6520
6521@itemize @bullet
6522@item
65230 for files not affected by the floating-point ABI.
6524@item
65251 for files using the hardware floating-point with a standard double-precision
6526FPU.
6527@item
65282 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with a single-precision FPU.
6529@item
65303 for files using the software floating-point ABI.
42554f6a
TS
6531@item
65324 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with 64-bit wide
6533double-precision floating-point registers and 32-bit wide general
6534purpose registers.
3a99f02f
DJ
6535@end itemize
6536@end table
6537
6538@subsection PowerPC Attributes
6539
6540@table @r
6541@item Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP (4)
6542The floating-point ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
6543
6544@itemize @bullet
6545@item
65460 for files not affected by the floating-point ABI.
6547@item
3c7b9897 65481 for files using double-precision hardware floating-point ABI.
3a99f02f
DJ
6549@item
65502 for files using the software floating-point ABI.
3c7b9897
AM
6551@item
65523 for files using single-precision hardware floating-point ABI.
3a99f02f
DJ
6553@end itemize
6554
6555@item Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector (8)
6556The vector ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
6557
6558@itemize @bullet
6559@item
65600 for files not affected by the vector ABI.
6561@item
65621 for files using general purpose registers to pass vectors.
6563@item
65642 for files using AltiVec registers to pass vectors.
6565@item
65663 for files using SPE registers to pass vectors.
6567@end itemize
6568@end table
6569
6570@node Defining New Object Attributes
6571@section Defining New Object Attributes
6572
6573If you want to define a new @sc{gnu} object attribute, here are the places you
6574will need to modify. New attributes should be discussed on the @samp{binutils}
6575mailing list.
6576
6577@itemize @bullet
6578@item
6579This manual, which is the official register of attributes.
6580@item
6581The header for your architecture @file{include/elf}, to define the tag.
6582@item
6583The @file{bfd} support file for your architecture, to merge the attribute
6584and issue any appropriate link warnings.
6585@item
6586Test cases in @file{ld/testsuite} for merging and link warnings.
6587@item
6588@file{binutils/readelf.c} to display your attribute.
6589@item
6590GCC, if you want the compiler to mark the attribute automatically.
6591@end itemize
6592
6593@end ifset
6594
252b5132
RH
6595@ifset GENERIC
6596@node Machine Dependencies
6597@chapter Machine Dependent Features
6598
6599@cindex machine dependencies
6600The machine instruction sets are (almost by definition) different on
a4fb0134
SC
6601each machine where @command{@value{AS}} runs. Floating point representations
6602vary as well, and @command{@value{AS}} often supports a few additional
252b5132
RH
6603directives or command-line options for compatibility with other
6604assemblers on a particular platform. Finally, some versions of
a4fb0134 6605@command{@value{AS}} support special pseudo-instructions for branch
252b5132
RH
6606optimization.
6607
6608This chapter discusses most of these differences, though it does not
6609include details on any machine's instruction set. For details on that
6610subject, see the hardware manufacturer's manual.
6611
6612@menu
625e1353
RH
6613@ifset ALPHA
6614* Alpha-Dependent:: Alpha Dependent Features
6615@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6616@ifset ARC
6617* ARC-Dependent:: ARC Dependent Features
6618@end ifset
6619@ifset ARM
6620* ARM-Dependent:: ARM Dependent Features
6621@end ifset
8473f7a4
DC
6622@ifset AVR
6623* AVR-Dependent:: AVR Dependent Features
6624@end ifset
07c1b327
CM
6625@ifset BFIN
6626* BFIN-Dependent:: BFIN Dependent Features
6627@end ifset
3d3d428f
NC
6628@ifset CR16
6629* CR16-Dependent:: CR16 Dependent Features
6630@end ifset
8bf549a8 6631@ifset CRIS
328eb32e
HPN
6632* CRIS-Dependent:: CRIS Dependent Features
6633@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6634@ifset D10V
6635* D10V-Dependent:: D10V Dependent Features
6636@end ifset
6637@ifset D30V
6638* D30V-Dependent:: D30V Dependent Features
6639@end ifset
6640@ifset H8/300
c2dcd04e 6641* H8/300-Dependent:: Renesas H8/300 Dependent Features
252b5132 6642@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6643@ifset HPPA
6644* HPPA-Dependent:: HPPA Dependent Features
6645@end ifset
5b93d8bb
AM
6646@ifset I370
6647* ESA/390-Dependent:: IBM ESA/390 Dependent Features
6648@end ifset
252b5132 6649@ifset I80386
55b62671 6650* i386-Dependent:: Intel 80386 and AMD x86-64 Dependent Features
252b5132 6651@end ifset
e3308d0d
JE
6652@ifset I860
6653* i860-Dependent:: Intel 80860 Dependent Features
6654@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6655@ifset I960
6656* i960-Dependent:: Intel 80960 Dependent Features
6657@end ifset
5cb53c21
L
6658@ifset IA64
6659* IA-64-Dependent:: Intel IA-64 Dependent Features
6660@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
6661@ifset IP2K
6662* IP2K-Dependent:: IP2K Dependent Features
6663@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
6664@ifset M32C
6665* M32C-Dependent:: M32C Dependent Features
6666@end ifset
ec694b89
NC
6667@ifset M32R
6668* M32R-Dependent:: M32R Dependent Features
6669@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6670@ifset M680X0
6671* M68K-Dependent:: M680x0 Dependent Features
6672@end ifset
60bcf0fa
NC
6673@ifset M68HC11
6674* M68HC11-Dependent:: M68HC11 and 68HC12 Dependent Features
6675@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6676@ifset MIPS
6677* MIPS-Dependent:: MIPS Dependent Features
6678@end ifset
3c3bdf30
NC
6679@ifset MMIX
6680* MMIX-Dependent:: MMIX Dependent Features
6681@end ifset
2469cfa2
NC
6682@ifset MSP430
6683* MSP430-Dependent:: MSP430 Dependent Features
6684@end ifset
252b5132 6685@ifset SH
ef230218
JR
6686* SH-Dependent:: Renesas / SuperH SH Dependent Features
6687* SH64-Dependent:: SuperH SH64 Dependent Features
252b5132 6688@end ifset
e135f41b
NC
6689@ifset PDP11
6690* PDP-11-Dependent:: PDP-11 Dependent Features
6691@end ifset
041dd5a9
ILT
6692@ifset PJ
6693* PJ-Dependent:: picoJava Dependent Features
6694@end ifset
418c1742
MG
6695@ifset PPC
6696* PPC-Dependent:: PowerPC Dependent Features
6697@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6698@ifset SPARC
6699* Sparc-Dependent:: SPARC Dependent Features
6700@end ifset
39bec121
TW
6701@ifset TIC54X
6702* TIC54X-Dependent:: TI TMS320C54x Dependent Features
6703@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6704@ifset V850
6705* V850-Dependent:: V850 Dependent Features
6706@end ifset
e0001a05
NC
6707@ifset XTENSA
6708* Xtensa-Dependent:: Xtensa Dependent Features
6709@end ifset
3c9b82ba
NC
6710@ifset Z80
6711* Z80-Dependent:: Z80 Dependent Features
6712@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6713@ifset Z8000
6714* Z8000-Dependent:: Z8000 Dependent Features
6715@end ifset
6716@ifset VAX
6717* Vax-Dependent:: VAX Dependent Features
6718@end ifset
6719@end menu
6720
6721@lowersections
6722@end ifset
6723
6724@c The following major nodes are *sections* in the GENERIC version, *chapters*
6725@c in single-cpu versions. This is mainly achieved by @lowersections. There is a
6726@c peculiarity: to preserve cross-references, there must be a node called
6727@c "Machine Dependencies". Hence the conditional nodenames in each
6728@c major node below. Node defaulting in makeinfo requires adjacency of
6729@c node and sectioning commands; hence the repetition of @chapter BLAH
6730@c in both conditional blocks.
6731
625e1353
RH
6732@ifset ALPHA
6733@include c-alpha.texi
6734@end ifset
6735
6736@ifset ARC
6737@include c-arc.texi
6738@end ifset
6739
252b5132
RH
6740@ifset ARM
6741@include c-arm.texi
6742@end ifset
6743
8473f7a4
DC
6744@ifset AVR
6745@include c-avr.texi
6746@end ifset
6747
07c1b327
CM
6748@ifset BFIN
6749@include c-bfin.texi
6750@end ifset
6751
3d3d428f
NC
6752@ifset CR16
6753@include c-cr16.texi
6754@end ifset
6755
328eb32e
HPN
6756@ifset CRIS
6757@include c-cris.texi
6758@end ifset
6759
c2dcd04e 6760@ifset Renesas-all
252b5132
RH
6761@ifclear GENERIC
6762@node Machine Dependencies
6763@chapter Machine Dependent Features
6764
c2dcd04e 6765The machine instruction sets are different on each Renesas chip family,
252b5132 6766and there are also some syntax differences among the families. This
a4fb0134 6767chapter describes the specific @command{@value{AS}} features for each
252b5132
RH
6768family.
6769
6770@menu
c2dcd04e 6771* H8/300-Dependent:: Renesas H8/300 Dependent Features
c2dcd04e 6772* SH-Dependent:: Renesas SH Dependent Features
252b5132
RH
6773@end menu
6774@lowersections
6775@end ifclear
6776@end ifset
6777
6778@ifset D10V
6779@include c-d10v.texi
6780@end ifset
6781
6782@ifset D30V
6783@include c-d30v.texi
6784@end ifset
6785
6786@ifset H8/300
6787@include c-h8300.texi
6788@end ifset
6789
252b5132
RH
6790@ifset HPPA
6791@include c-hppa.texi
6792@end ifset
6793
5b93d8bb
AM
6794@ifset I370
6795@include c-i370.texi
6796@end ifset
6797
252b5132
RH
6798@ifset I80386
6799@include c-i386.texi
6800@end ifset
6801
e3308d0d
JE
6802@ifset I860
6803@include c-i860.texi
6804@end ifset
6805
252b5132
RH
6806@ifset I960
6807@include c-i960.texi
6808@end ifset
6809
9e32ca89
NC
6810@ifset IA64
6811@include c-ia64.texi
6812@end ifset
6813
a40cbfa3
NC
6814@ifset IP2K
6815@include c-ip2k.texi
6816@end ifset
6817
49f58d10
JB
6818@ifset M32C
6819@include c-m32c.texi
6820@end ifset
6821
ec694b89
NC
6822@ifset M32R
6823@include c-m32r.texi
6824@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6825
6826@ifset M680X0
6827@include c-m68k.texi
6828@end ifset
6829
60bcf0fa
NC
6830@ifset M68HC11
6831@include c-m68hc11.texi
6832@end ifset
6833
252b5132
RH
6834@ifset MIPS
6835@include c-mips.texi
6836@end ifset
6837
3c3bdf30
NC
6838@ifset MMIX
6839@include c-mmix.texi
6840@end ifset
6841
2469cfa2
NC
6842@ifset MSP430
6843@include c-msp430.texi
6844@end ifset
6845
252b5132
RH
6846@ifset NS32K
6847@include c-ns32k.texi
6848@end ifset
6849
e135f41b
NC
6850@ifset PDP11
6851@include c-pdp11.texi
6852@end ifset
6853
041dd5a9
ILT
6854@ifset PJ
6855@include c-pj.texi
6856@end ifset
6857
418c1742
MG
6858@ifset PPC
6859@include c-ppc.texi
6860@end ifset
6861
252b5132
RH
6862@ifset SH
6863@include c-sh.texi
324bfcf3 6864@include c-sh64.texi
252b5132
RH
6865@end ifset
6866
6867@ifset SPARC
6868@include c-sparc.texi
6869@end ifset
6870
39bec121
TW
6871@ifset TIC54X
6872@include c-tic54x.texi
6873@end ifset
6874
3c9b82ba
NC
6875@ifset Z80
6876@include c-z80.texi
6877@end ifset
6878
252b5132
RH
6879@ifset Z8000
6880@include c-z8k.texi
6881@end ifset
6882
6883@ifset VAX
6884@include c-vax.texi
6885@end ifset
6886
6887@ifset V850
6888@include c-v850.texi
6889@end ifset
6890
e0001a05
NC
6891@ifset XTENSA
6892@include c-xtensa.texi
6893@end ifset
6894
252b5132
RH
6895@ifset GENERIC
6896@c reverse effect of @down at top of generic Machine-Dep chapter
6897@raisesections
6898@end ifset
6899
6900@node Reporting Bugs
6901@chapter Reporting Bugs
6902@cindex bugs in assembler
6903@cindex reporting bugs in assembler
6904
a4fb0134 6905Your bug reports play an essential role in making @command{@value{AS}} reliable.
252b5132
RH
6906
6907Reporting a bug may help you by bringing a solution to your problem, or it may
6908not. But in any case the principal function of a bug report is to help the
a4fb0134
SC
6909entire community by making the next version of @command{@value{AS}} work better.
6910Bug reports are your contribution to the maintenance of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
6911
6912In order for a bug report to serve its purpose, you must include the
6913information that enables us to fix the bug.
6914
6915@menu
6916* Bug Criteria:: Have you found a bug?
6917* Bug Reporting:: How to report bugs
6918@end menu
6919
6920@node Bug Criteria
c1253627 6921@section Have You Found a Bug?
252b5132
RH
6922@cindex bug criteria
6923
6924If you are not sure whether you have found a bug, here are some guidelines:
6925
6926@itemize @bullet
6927@cindex fatal signal
6928@cindex assembler crash
6929@cindex crash of assembler
6930@item
6931If the assembler gets a fatal signal, for any input whatever, that is a
a4fb0134 6932@command{@value{AS}} bug. Reliable assemblers never crash.
252b5132
RH
6933
6934@cindex error on valid input
6935@item
a4fb0134 6936If @command{@value{AS}} produces an error message for valid input, that is a bug.
252b5132
RH
6937
6938@cindex invalid input
6939@item
a4fb0134 6940If @command{@value{AS}} does not produce an error message for invalid input, that
252b5132
RH
6941is a bug. However, you should note that your idea of ``invalid input'' might
6942be our idea of ``an extension'' or ``support for traditional practice''.
6943
6944@item
6945If you are an experienced user of assemblers, your suggestions for improvement
a4fb0134 6946of @command{@value{AS}} are welcome in any case.
252b5132
RH
6947@end itemize
6948
6949@node Bug Reporting
c1253627 6950@section How to Report Bugs
252b5132
RH
6951@cindex bug reports
6952@cindex assembler bugs, reporting
6953
6954A number of companies and individuals offer support for @sc{gnu} products. If
a4fb0134 6955you obtained @command{@value{AS}} from a support organization, we recommend you
252b5132
RH
6956contact that organization first.
6957
6958You can find contact information for many support companies and
6959individuals in the file @file{etc/SERVICE} in the @sc{gnu} Emacs
6960distribution.
6961
ad22bfe8 6962@ifset BUGURL
a4fb0134 6963In any event, we also recommend that you send bug reports for @command{@value{AS}}
ad22bfe8
JM
6964to @value{BUGURL}.
6965@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6966
6967The fundamental principle of reporting bugs usefully is this:
6968@strong{report all the facts}. If you are not sure whether to state a
6969fact or leave it out, state it!
6970
6971Often people omit facts because they think they know what causes the problem
6972and assume that some details do not matter. Thus, you might assume that the
6973name of a symbol you use in an example does not matter. Well, probably it does
6974not, but one cannot be sure. Perhaps the bug is a stray memory reference which
6975happens to fetch from the location where that name is stored in memory;
6976perhaps, if the name were different, the contents of that location would fool
6977the assembler into doing the right thing despite the bug. Play it safe and
6978give a specific, complete example. That is the easiest thing for you to do,
6979and the most helpful.
6980
6981Keep in mind that the purpose of a bug report is to enable us to fix the bug if
6982it is new to us. Therefore, always write your bug reports on the assumption
6983that the bug has not been reported previously.
6984
6985Sometimes people give a few sketchy facts and ask, ``Does this ring a
c1253627
NC
6986bell?'' This cannot help us fix a bug, so it is basically useless. We
6987respond by asking for enough details to enable us to investigate.
6988You might as well expedite matters by sending them to begin with.
252b5132
RH
6989
6990To enable us to fix the bug, you should include all these things:
6991
6992@itemize @bullet
6993@item
a4fb0134 6994The version of @command{@value{AS}}. @command{@value{AS}} announces it if you start
252b5132
RH
6995it with the @samp{--version} argument.
6996
6997Without this, we will not know whether there is any point in looking for
a4fb0134 6998the bug in the current version of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
6999
7000@item
a4fb0134 7001Any patches you may have applied to the @command{@value{AS}} source.
252b5132
RH
7002
7003@item
7004The type of machine you are using, and the operating system name and
7005version number.
7006
7007@item
a4fb0134 7008What compiler (and its version) was used to compile @command{@value{AS}}---e.g.
252b5132
RH
7009``@code{gcc-2.7}''.
7010
7011@item
7012The command arguments you gave the assembler to assemble your example and
7013observe the bug. To guarantee you will not omit something important, list them
7014all. A copy of the Makefile (or the output from make) is sufficient.
7015
7016If we were to try to guess the arguments, we would probably guess wrong
7017and then we might not encounter the bug.
7018
7019@item
7020A complete input file that will reproduce the bug. If the bug is observed when
7021the assembler is invoked via a compiler, send the assembler source, not the
7022high level language source. Most compilers will produce the assembler source
7023when run with the @samp{-S} option. If you are using @code{@value{GCC}}, use
7024the options @samp{-v --save-temps}; this will save the assembler source in a
7025file with an extension of @file{.s}, and also show you exactly how
a4fb0134 7026@command{@value{AS}} is being run.
252b5132
RH
7027
7028@item
7029A description of what behavior you observe that you believe is
7030incorrect. For example, ``It gets a fatal signal.''
7031
a4fb0134 7032Of course, if the bug is that @command{@value{AS}} gets a fatal signal, then we
252b5132
RH
7033will certainly notice it. But if the bug is incorrect output, we might not
7034notice unless it is glaringly wrong. You might as well not give us a chance to
7035make a mistake.
7036
7037Even if the problem you experience is a fatal signal, you should still say so
7038explicitly. Suppose something strange is going on, such as, your copy of
b45619c0 7039@command{@value{AS}} is out of sync, or you have encountered a bug in the C
252b5132
RH
7040library on your system. (This has happened!) Your copy might crash and ours
7041would not. If you told us to expect a crash, then when ours fails to crash, we
7042would know that the bug was not happening for us. If you had not told us to
7043expect a crash, then we would not be able to draw any conclusion from our
7044observations.
7045
7046@item
a4fb0134 7047If you wish to suggest changes to the @command{@value{AS}} source, send us context
252b5132
RH
7048diffs, as generated by @code{diff} with the @samp{-u}, @samp{-c}, or @samp{-p}
7049option. Always send diffs from the old file to the new file. If you even
a4fb0134 7050discuss something in the @command{@value{AS}} source, refer to it by context, not
252b5132
RH
7051by line number.
7052
7053The line numbers in our development sources will not match those in your
7054sources. Your line numbers would convey no useful information to us.
7055@end itemize
7056
7057Here are some things that are not necessary:
7058
7059@itemize @bullet
7060@item
7061A description of the envelope of the bug.
7062
7063Often people who encounter a bug spend a lot of time investigating
7064which changes to the input file will make the bug go away and which
7065changes will not affect it.
7066
7067This is often time consuming and not very useful, because the way we
7068will find the bug is by running a single example under the debugger
7069with breakpoints, not by pure deduction from a series of examples.
7070We recommend that you save your time for something else.
7071
7072Of course, if you can find a simpler example to report @emph{instead}
7073of the original one, that is a convenience for us. Errors in the
7074output will be easier to spot, running under the debugger will take
7075less time, and so on.
7076
7077However, simplification is not vital; if you do not want to do this,
7078report the bug anyway and send us the entire test case you used.
7079
7080@item
7081A patch for the bug.
7082
7083A patch for the bug does help us if it is a good one. But do not omit
7084the necessary information, such as the test case, on the assumption that
7085a patch is all we need. We might see problems with your patch and decide
7086to fix the problem another way, or we might not understand it at all.
7087
a4fb0134 7088Sometimes with a program as complicated as @command{@value{AS}} it is very hard to
252b5132
RH
7089construct an example that will make the program follow a certain path through
7090the code. If you do not send us the example, we will not be able to construct
7091one, so we will not be able to verify that the bug is fixed.
7092
7093And if we cannot understand what bug you are trying to fix, or why your
7094patch should be an improvement, we will not install it. A test case will
7095help us to understand.
7096
7097@item
7098A guess about what the bug is or what it depends on.
7099
7100Such guesses are usually wrong. Even we cannot guess right about such
7101things without first using the debugger to find the facts.
7102@end itemize
7103
7104@node Acknowledgements
7105@chapter Acknowledgements
7106
653cfe85 7107If you have contributed to GAS and your name isn't listed here,
252b5132
RH
7108it is not meant as a slight. We just don't know about it. Send mail to the
7109maintainer, and we'll correct the situation. Currently
7110@c (January 1994),
7111the maintainer is Ken Raeburn (email address @code{raeburn@@cygnus.com}).
7112
7113Dean Elsner wrote the original @sc{gnu} assembler for the VAX.@footnote{Any
7114more details?}
7115
7116Jay Fenlason maintained GAS for a while, adding support for GDB-specific debug
7117information and the 68k series machines, most of the preprocessing pass, and
7118extensive changes in @file{messages.c}, @file{input-file.c}, @file{write.c}.
7119
7120K. Richard Pixley maintained GAS for a while, adding various enhancements and
7121many bug fixes, including merging support for several processors, breaking GAS
7122up to handle multiple object file format back ends (including heavy rewrite,
7123testing, an integration of the coff and b.out back ends), adding configuration
7124including heavy testing and verification of cross assemblers and file splits
7125and renaming, converted GAS to strictly ANSI C including full prototypes, added
7126support for m680[34]0 and cpu32, did considerable work on i960 including a COFF
7127port (including considerable amounts of reverse engineering), a SPARC opcode
7128file rewrite, DECstation, rs6000, and hp300hpux host ports, updated ``know''
7129assertions and made them work, much other reorganization, cleanup, and lint.
7130
7131Ken Raeburn wrote the high-level BFD interface code to replace most of the code
7132in format-specific I/O modules.
7133
7134The original VMS support was contributed by David L. Kashtan. Eric Youngdale
7135has done much work with it since.
7136
7137The Intel 80386 machine description was written by Eliot Dresselhaus.
7138
7139Minh Tran-Le at IntelliCorp contributed some AIX 386 support.
7140
7141The Motorola 88k machine description was contributed by Devon Bowen of Buffalo
7142University and Torbjorn Granlund of the Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
7143
7144Keith Knowles at the Open Software Foundation wrote the original MIPS back end
7145(@file{tc-mips.c}, @file{tc-mips.h}), and contributed Rose format support
7146(which hasn't been merged in yet). Ralph Campbell worked with the MIPS code to
7147support a.out format.
7148
7be1c489
AM
7149Support for the Zilog Z8k and Renesas H8/300 processors (tc-z8k,
7150tc-h8300), and IEEE 695 object file format (obj-ieee), was written by
252b5132
RH
7151Steve Chamberlain of Cygnus Support. Steve also modified the COFF back end to
7152use BFD for some low-level operations, for use with the H8/300 and AMD 29k
7153targets.
7154
7155John Gilmore built the AMD 29000 support, added @code{.include} support, and
7156simplified the configuration of which versions accept which directives. He
7157updated the 68k machine description so that Motorola's opcodes always produced
c1253627 7158fixed-size instructions (e.g., @code{jsr}), while synthetic instructions
252b5132
RH
7159remained shrinkable (@code{jbsr}). John fixed many bugs, including true tested
7160cross-compilation support, and one bug in relaxation that took a week and
7161required the proverbial one-bit fix.
7162
7163Ian Lance Taylor of Cygnus Support merged the Motorola and MIT syntax for the
716468k, completed support for some COFF targets (68k, i386 SVR3, and SCO Unix),
7165added support for MIPS ECOFF and ELF targets, wrote the initial RS/6000 and
7166PowerPC assembler, and made a few other minor patches.
7167
653cfe85 7168Steve Chamberlain made GAS able to generate listings.
252b5132
RH
7169
7170Hewlett-Packard contributed support for the HP9000/300.
7171
7172Jeff Law wrote GAS and BFD support for the native HPPA object format (SOM)
7173along with a fairly extensive HPPA testsuite (for both SOM and ELF object
7174formats). This work was supported by both the Center for Software Science at
7175the University of Utah and Cygnus Support.
7176
7177Support for ELF format files has been worked on by Mark Eichin of Cygnus
7178Support (original, incomplete implementation for SPARC), Pete Hoogenboom and
7179Jeff Law at the University of Utah (HPPA mainly), Michael Meissner of the Open
7180Software Foundation (i386 mainly), and Ken Raeburn of Cygnus Support (sparc,
7181and some initial 64-bit support).
7182
c1253627 7183Linas Vepstas added GAS support for the ESA/390 ``IBM 370'' architecture.
5b93d8bb 7184
252b5132
RH
7185Richard Henderson rewrote the Alpha assembler. Klaus Kaempf wrote GAS and BFD
7186support for openVMS/Alpha.
7187
39bec121
TW
7188Timothy Wall, Michael Hayes, and Greg Smart contributed to the various tic*
7189flavors.
7190
e0001a05 7191David Heine, Sterling Augustine, Bob Wilson and John Ruttenberg from Tensilica,
b45619c0 7192Inc.@: added support for Xtensa processors.
e0001a05 7193
252b5132
RH
7194Several engineers at Cygnus Support have also provided many small bug fixes and
7195configuration enhancements.
7196
7197Many others have contributed large or small bugfixes and enhancements. If
7198you have contributed significant work and are not mentioned on this list, and
7199want to be, let us know. Some of the history has been lost; we are not
7200intentionally leaving anyone out.
7201
c1253627 7202@include fdl.texi
cf055d54 7203
370b66a1
CD
7204@node AS Index
7205@unnumbered AS Index
252b5132
RH
7206
7207@printindex cp
7208
252b5132
RH
7209@bye
7210@c Local Variables:
7211@c fill-column: 79
7212@c End:
This page took 0.86276 seconds and 4 git commands to generate.